<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
     xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
     xmlns:dc="https://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
     xmlns:dcterms="http://purl.org/dc/terms/"
     xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/"
     xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
     xmlns:cf="https://www.futureplc.com/rss/content-flags"
>
    <channel>
                    <atom:link rel="alternate" hreflang="en-GB"
                       href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/uk/feeds/tag/the-library"
                       type="application/rss+xml"/>
                            <title><![CDATA[ Latest from Homes & Gardens UK in The-library ]]></title>
                <link>https://www.homesandgardens.com/uk/tag/the-library</link>
        <description><![CDATA[ All the latest the-library content from the Homes & Gardens  UK team ]]></description>
                                    <lastBuildDate>Wed, 27 May 2026 11:30:00 +0000</lastBuildDate>
                            <language>en</language>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ How to Create a Stylish Outdoor Living Room That Feels Like an Extension of Your Home ]]></title>
                                                                                                                                                                                                <link>https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/how-to-design-an-outdoor-living-room</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ From the best layouts and materials, to must-have decor and lighting schemes, here's everything you need to know about designing the perfect outdoor living room ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">mG4VpyEyQsWzPUiQyq2DDD</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rMZ9yQEBDYfcVcsCw7bK9C-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 27 May 2026 11:30:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Wed, 17 Jun 2026 11:50:51 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Gardens]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ kaitlin.madden@futurenet.com (Kaitlin Madden) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Kaitlin Madden ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tWMn7njBfVPUXcqDGQbPaC.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://kaitlinmadden.com&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Kaitlin Madden Armon&lt;/a&gt; is a writer and editor who has covered homes and interiors for more than 10 years. She started her career as a local lifestyle editor with Modern Luxury&#039;s Michigan Avenue magazine in Chicago. There, she wrote about fashion, food, arts, and notable Chicagoans. After a move to Boston, she took a role as the managing and online editor at New England Home, where she discovered a love of all things interior design. She&#039;s focused her career around interiors ever since. She&#039;s held positions as an editor at Wayfair and Real Homes, and has written for publications and brands like Architectural Digest, Martha Stewart Living, 1st Dibs, Vanity Fair, Refinery29, Modern Luxury Interiors, Chicago Magazine, Maya Romanoff, The Design Network, Decorist, Amazon, Loom Decor, and lots more. She is also the co-founder of the interior design startup, The Finish, which offers home decorating services on-demand.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When she&#039;s not writing about how to decorate, she&#039;s putting her own advice into practice, and likes to spend her free time rearranging furniture, painting walls, and scouring local flea markets and antique stores for her next find.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;She graduated from Northeastern University with a degree in journalism and currently lives in Connecticut with her husband, three young children, and a black lab.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rMZ9yQEBDYfcVcsCw7bK9C-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Tamara Flanagan / Winslow Design and Nest + Co.]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[white patio furniture on a deck with pergola]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[white patio furniture on a deck with pergola]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[white patio furniture on a deck with pergola]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rMZ9yQEBDYfcVcsCw7bK9C-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>An outdoor living room is no longer a luxury reserved for sprawling estates or warm climates. It's a design intention that can be brought to life in virtually any outdoor space; the idea that the square footage beyond your back door deserves the same level of thought, investment, and personality as any room inside. </p><p>What makes the difference between a pleasant outdoor space and one that genuinely functions as an extra room are the same things that elevate any interior: purposeful layout, furniture chosen for function as much as aesthetics, and a cohesive sense of style that ties it all together.</p><p>In this guide – part of our series, <em>The Library</em> – we walk through every element of designing an <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/outdoor-living-room-ideas">outdoor living room</a>, from establishing how you want to use the space and planning the layout, to choosing the <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/shopping/where-to-buy-outdoor-furniture">best outdoor furniture</a>, lighting, shelter, plantings, and the finishing touches that make it feel complete. Whether you're starting from scratch or refining a space that hasn't quite come together yet, we’ve rounded up everything you need to know to do it properly.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-start-with-purpose-how-will-you-use-the-space"><span>Start with Purpose: How Will You Use the Space?</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2756px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:138.06%;"><img id="gdAurawgtPmk2qF3pShqp5" name="SamanthaCarey-WhiteOakRd-TamaraFlanagan" alt="layered outdoor living room neutral furniture" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gdAurawgtPmk2qF3pShqp5.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2756" height="3805" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tamara Flanagan / Samantha Carey Interiors)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Before any aesthetic decisions are made or furniture is ordered, it's crucial to get clear on one fundamental question: how will this space actually be used?</p><p>The answers to these questions will shape everything from furniture selections to the <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/how-to-plan-outdoor-lighting">outdoor lighting scheme</a> and whether you'll need a shade or privacy structure. </p><p>'Start with the function of the space. Do you want spaces to lounge, dine, and entertain, or just sit and have a cup of coffee? Are the spaces being used all day or just at certain times of the day? This helps define how the spaces will be laid out and what will fit,' says Justine Sterling of <a href="https://www.justinesterling.com/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Justine Sterling Design</a>.</p><p>If you plan to entertain at night and have neighbors close by, you might consider adding a <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/gardens/patio-privacy-ideas">privacy feature</a> or placing furniture in a spot that feels more secluded. If it's an area your kids will play on sunny afternoons, a shade structure might be in order. </p><p>The more concretely you can answer use-case questions at the outset, the more effectively the design can respond to them.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-layout-and-zoning-designing-the-flow"><span>Layout and Zoning: Designing the Flow</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2738px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:66.33%;"><img id="XjvCgW6nxTVNzfsRvKrsXd" name="Sarah scales outdoor living room" alt="outdoor living room back porch" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XjvCgW6nxTVNzfsRvKrsXd.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2738" height="1816" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jessica Delaney / Sarah Scales Design Studio)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Designing the layout of an outdoor living room means thinking carefully about traffic paths between indoors and out, where conversation gathers, and how the space connects to the surrounding landscape. </p><p>'A true outdoor living room is one that invites both conversation and connection with the natural environment,' explains Samantha Arak of <a href="https://www.samanthacareyinteriors.com/" target="_blank">Samantha Carey Interiors</a>. '<a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/gardens/outdoor-seating-ideas">Outdoor seating</a> should be oriented around the view or focal point, be it the backyard, fire pit, lake, ocean, or forest. It's important to be intentional as to where you are directing the view from each vantage point for a purposeful sense of place, flow, and conversation.'</p><p>In larger outdoor spaces with multiple focal points, consider <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/the-3-zone-outdoor-hosting-guide">dividing the area into distinct zones</a> – a seating area anchored by a fire pit, a dining area framed by planting, or separating by function, with dedicated spaces for relaxing and for dining. Zoning doesn't require hard boundaries; a change in flooring, a shift in furniture arrangement, or a planted screen can be enough to give each area its own identity.</p><p>If you're having trouble picturing the space in your head, or you want to be certain of your layout before ordering furnishings, take a trick from the designer playbook. </p><p>'If you really want to make sure that the 10 seater table will work, place down blue tape on the flooring in the dimensions of the table – then if it is a tight fit to get all 10 chairs around, consider more <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/shopping/aldi-mid-century-patio-chair">petite chairs</a>,' offers Sterling. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-choosing-the-right-furniture"><span>Choosing the Right Furniture</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3635px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:131.75%;"><img id="SS8njbKpqRgvanoCKq6FwF" name="KathleenWalsh-WestportCt-RikkiSnyder" alt="Outdoor sectional near a pool" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SS8njbKpqRgvanoCKq6FwF.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3635" height="4789" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Rikki Snyder / Kathleen Walsh Interiors)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The best outdoor furniture for your space will combine design with practical considerations like scale, durability, and maintenance.</p><p>‘Outdoor furnishings take a beating like nothing inside your home ever will, so know that it will take time to use covers, clean off dirt and pollen, hose down that aluminum table, etc.,’ says Justine Sterling. ‘Buy high-quality furnishings and maintain them well, including umbrellas.’</p><p>Buying well includes choosing the right materials, which means understanding both how furniture will withstand your local climate and your tolerance for maintenance.</p><p>‘Always consider your location,’ she says. ‘Is freeze/thaw a consideration, or high humidity? Make sure that materials can withstand the elements during and off-season.’</p><p>As far as upkeep goes, Sterling tends to prefer low-maintenance materials. ‘Aluminum is one of my favorites for outdoor dining tables and sofa frames (if it’s powder-coated, it comes in a multitude of colors), as it is very hardy, even in New England, where we live.’</p><p>While natural woods like teak and cedar are beautiful, they do require regular resealing and, if you live in an area with extreme weather – like heavy rain or harsh winters – covers or indoor storage during these periods.</p><p>Designer Kathleen Walsh, of <a href="https://www.kathleenwalshinteriors.com/" target="_blank">Kathleen Walsh Interiors</a>, often considers storage solutions before anything else.</p><p>‘We think about storage first. Can the furniture be stored in a temperature-controlled spot during the off-season? If not, or if the seasons in use have a broad fluctuation of temperatures and humidity, we narrow our materials,’ Kathleen explains.</p><p>For climates with harsh weather, she suggests aluminum, iron, resin, stone and plastics, all of which can tolerate high and low temperatures. ‘We save teak and fabrics for applications where furniture can be stored in cold months and protected in harsh heat and sunlight.'</p><p>In locations prone to wind – like coastal patios or city roof decks – Kathleen also recommends choosing weighty furniture that won’t go flying at the first sign of a breeze.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-lighting-creating-atmosphere-and-function"><span>Lighting: Creating Atmosphere and Function</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="pxCfN9uoPRikGZBNwv9K3e" name="Outdoor living room" alt="A stylish outdoor terrace featuring a sculptural, S-shaped woven lounge chair and a matching round ottoman. The space includes a neutral rug, a cream sofa with striped pillows, and a black French door in the background" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pxCfN9uoPRikGZBNwv9K3e.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Lulu and Georgia)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Good lighting can transform an outdoor living room just as dramatically as it can any interior, creating the difference between a space that feels magical and one that’s completely uninviting.</p><p>Generally speaking, most homeowners overestimate the amount of light they need in an outdoor space, so restraint is key. ‘Select fixtures that minimize light pollution, but provide enough light to see your friends’ faces while you’re chatting away into the night,’ says Kathleen.</p><p>Many outdoor spaces look effortless at midday and fall completely flat after dark. Layered lighting – ambient, task and accent – is what keeps a space feeling as considered and inviting at 8 p.m. as it does at 2 p.m. Kathleen tends to mix accent lighting – like rechargeable string lights and solar fixtures – in living areas, with hardwired task lighting for pathways, steps and safety features.</p><p>Finally, lighting temperature is an important factor in creating a space that feels intimate. ‘Do think through bulb temperature,’ Kathleen advises. ‘We stick to 3000 or 2700K for a warm glow.’</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-shelter-and-shade-solutions"><span>Shelter and Shade Solutions</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4125px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:66.72%;"><img id="rMZ9yQEBDYfcVcsCw7bK9C" name="Winslow-Nest-Abington-WaterMain-TamaraFlanagan-0" alt="white patio furniture on a deck with pergola" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rMZ9yQEBDYfcVcsCw7bK9C.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4125" height="2752" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tamara Flanagan / Winslow Design and Nest + Co.)</span></figcaption></figure><p><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/gardens/patio-shade-ideas">Shade</a> is a key component of any comfortable outdoor living space, but the right solution depends on more than simply blocking the sun. The path of the sun while the space is in use, the orientation of the house, and the impact any structure might have on natural light indoors all need to be factored in before settling on an approach, whether that’s a simple <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/collection/shopping/outdoor-umbrellas">patio umbrella</a>, a pergola, or a full roof structure.</p><p>‘This deck gets full sun in the summer, but the kitchen wanted to enjoy some of this sun in the winter, so we opted for a pergola overhead instead of a solid roof,’ explains Caitlin Struble of <a href="https://winslowdesign.net/" target="_blank">Winslow Design</a>, the firm behind the room above. ‘That way you get the best of all worlds – some relief from the sunshine in the summer, in addition to a great play of shadow and texture – while still allowing that low winter sunshine to reach the kitchen windows.’</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-materials-and-flooring"><span>Materials and Flooring</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="qyfJvgRt6cSyJvkEixGWqK" name="Lulu & Georgia" alt="Outdoor living area with tile-effect green and white rug and rattan seating" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/t:461,l:0,cw:2400,ch:1350,q:80/qyfJvgRt6cSyJvkEixGWqK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2400" height="2000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Lulu & Georgia)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The materials and flooring you select play a role in both the aesthetics and function of your outdoor room. A space designed for low-maintenance living calls for different materials than one where patina and style are the priority.</p><p>Certain materials, particularly natural or ‘living’ ones like wood, iron, unsealed stone and marble, will require more maintenance and upkeep than more engineered options like powder-coated aluminum, high-density polyethylene, quartz and brick.</p><p>Materials can also impact the safety and usability of the space, too. ‘IPE decking, for example, creates a perfect material for walking barefoot in the summer without having to worry about splinters, and it doesn’t get as hot as some of the composite materials do in the summer sunshine,’ says Caitlin.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-styling-and-decor-bringing-the-indoors-out"><span>Styling and Decor: Bringing the Indoors Out</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="tx2un5SzG3AJogHw7hm2mM" name="mcgee outdoor living room" alt="mcgee & co outdoor living room in a shingled courtyard with wooden sofas facing each other on a striped rug with two small green and white striped ottomans" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tx2un5SzG3AJogHw7hm2mM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: McGee & Co.)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Just like indoors, the finishing touches in an outdoor living room – things like <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/collection/shopping/outdoor-side-tables">side tables</a>, <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/collection/shopping/outdoor-planters">planters</a> and <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/collection/shopping/outdoor-throw-pillows-2026">throw pillows</a> – are what tie the space together and give it personality and dimension, and can even help the space feel more livable.</p><p>In an outdoor room, though, design must be weighed against practicality. ‘I love adding hurricane candle stands and accent lighting, but tend to keep small accessories to a minimum because it’s more for you to deal with putting away at the end of the night,’ explains Kristine Irving of <a href="https://koodekir.com/" target="_blank">Koo de Kir Architectural Interiors</a>.</p><p>Accessories that serve both aesthetic and functional purposes are ideal, like an <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/collection/shopping/outdoor-rugs">outdoor rug</a> in a pattern that complements the seat cushions while grounding the space, or a patio umbrella in a pattern that unites the space visually while also providing shade.</p><p>One of Kristine’s favorite accent pieces? Small side tables, ottomans or garden stools, which can serve as useful surfaces as well as extra seating. ‘I like incorporating small pull-up tables and side tables, because an outdoor living room is meant to be lived in, which often means having a place to set down a glass of wine or to put your laptop while you send some emails,’ she says.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-heating-and-year-round-use"><span>Heating and Year-Round Use</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4128px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:149.15%;"><img id="2yEZoqzZZMycYTeYUF9iFT" name="TrevorFulmer-patio-9 copy" alt="back patio with seating area around fireplace" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2yEZoqzZZMycYTeYUF9iFT.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4128" height="6157" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Sabrina Cole Quinn / Trevor Fulmer  )</span></figcaption></figure><p>If you invest the time and effort to design an outdoor living room, you’ll want to enjoy it beyond the high season. Luckily, there are plenty of ways to extend the usability of a well-designed outdoor space, whatever the climate.</p><p>Heating is the most obvious starting point. ‘Fireplaces, <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/gardens/backyard-fire-pit-ideas">fire pits</a>, pergolas, covered structures, outdoor heaters, retractable screens, and layered lighting all help extend the usability of an outdoor space,’ says Trevor of <a href="https://trevorfulmerdesign.com/" target="_blank">Trevor Fulmer Design</a>.</p><p>But structural and material choices matter just as much. ‘In colder climates, designing for the shoulder seasons makes a huge difference,’ Trevor explains. ‘Even adding wind protection or movable panels can change how long the space stays comfortable throughout the year.’</p><p>Beyond the practical, the materials you choose can also influence how inviting a space feels come November. Items with texture and an organic quality – stone, wood, textured fabrics, and warmer lighting temperatures – can make a space read as visually warmer, too, lending it a coziness that encourages use well beyond the summer months.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-planting-and-greenery"><span>Planting and Greenery</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="eXHbGMrk7gnK8L4sqMdhw3" name="McGee & Co outdoor living room" alt="Outdoor living room with rattan furnitue, blue patterned throw pillows, a white coffee table and striped rug" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eXHbGMrk7gnK8L4sqMdhw3.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: McGee & Co)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Greenery might seem like an obvious addition to any outdoor living room, but it pays to think beyond planters and hanging baskets. Thoughtfully chosen planting can ground a space, create focal points, establish privacy, and cement a genuine sense of place.</p><p>‘Landscaping softens the harder architectural surfaces and makes the space feel outdoors,’ says Trevor Fulmer. ‘Plants help create privacy, movement, texture, and atmosphere. They also help establish zones and shape how the space feels. A courtyard surrounded by greenery feels very different from one surrounded by fencing alone.’</p><p>Plant selection should also be guided by the specific conditions of your space. Exposure, climate, and microclimate all influence what will thrive – and what will struggle. In full-sun situations, for example, drought-tolerant plants and succulents are often the smartest choice, offering year-round structure without demanding constant attention.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-common-outdoor-living-room-mistakes-to-avoid"><span>Common Outdoor Living Room Mistakes to Avoid</span></h2><p><strong>Ignoring Practical Considerations</strong><br>All outdoor furniture needs maintenance, so choose wisely. ‘Practicality and maintenance should be top of mind when choosing furniture, as even with upholstery covered, the elements have a way of giving even the most rough-and-tumble fabrics a real pelting,’ says Samantha Arak. ‘I’m generally a fan of natural low-maintenance materials and those that can weather gracefully over time.’</p><p><strong>Going Too Theme-y</strong><br>Given its seasonal nature, outdoor decor can often quickly cross the line into ‘kitsch’ territory. But it’s better to choose accessories with a bit more restraint. ‘Avoid themed decor,’ says Tevor Fulmer. ‘Nobody needs a pillow that says “Rosé All Day” next to a beautiful custom fireplace.’</p><p><strong>Adding Too Much Decor </strong><br>A handful of accent pieces can tie an outdoor space together, but too many become a hassle. ‘The reality is the elements do take a toll. Wind will blow pillows off a roof deck in the middle of the night, and umbrellas always need to be closed up,’ says Kristine.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-expert-tips-and-designer-insights"><span>Expert Tips and Designer Insights</span></h2><p><strong>Create a Space With Intention</strong><br>Resist the urge to buy the first patio set that catches your eye. ‘An outdoor living room needs to be treated the same as an interior space. It should be based on “design principles” like scale, form, texture, contrast, and variety, and it needs to be designed with purpose,’ says Trevor Fulmer.</p><p><strong>Consider Storage</strong><br>Before buying anything, Kathleen Walsh always considers how outdoor furniture will be stored. ‘We save teak and fabrics for applications where furniture can be stored in cold months and protected in harsh heat and sunlight,’ she says.</p><p><strong>Relate Indoors and Out, but Don’t Be Afraid to Push the Envelope</strong><br> ‘Your outdoor space should feel connected to the home, but do not be afraid to take some chances. Most outdoor spaces are not used year-round, so there is often more flexibility to push the design a bit further,’ Fulmer shares.</p><p><strong>Add Practical Luxuries</strong><br> The most luxurious touches in outdoor rooms are often the upgrades that boost comfort and usability by helping control climate, preventing pests, and cutting down on maintenance tasks.</p><p>For example? ‘Retractable screens in a pergola can be a great solution for areas that tend to attract flies and insects,’ says Kathleen.</p><p><strong>Make Greenery a Star</strong><br> ‘Greenery is the balm to our hectic world. It plays the biggest part in an outdoor room,’ says Kathleen. ‘Not only can it provide shade and beauty, it’s immediately a reminder that nature asks you to observe changes, slow down, and take care. We also forgot to talk about sound and smell. A scent from a flowering favorite is divine and evokes memories.’</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-outdoor-living-room-essentials"><span>Outdoor Living Room Essentials</span></h2>        <div class="featured_product_block featured_block_hero" data-id="dd6f1103-9be6-41e5-a868-8d453d7cda8e">            <a href="https://www.polyandbark.com/products/lucca-81-outdoor-sofa-sand?variant=55498626433097&utm_source=google&utm_medium=cpc&utm_campaign=20484827911&utm_content=198974642361&utm_term=OD-117-SAND&gad_source=1&gad_campaignid=20484827911&gbraid=0AAAAAo6CIglTnXgGksrlRng66Hd19LA4w&gclid=Cj0KCQjw_b_QBhCSARIsAP6hR4diQl4w4Ev0YUkwP75nhsA6MXt_07LpdcOzBsnhW4-YkKI9P3DG7IEaAg2SEALw_wcB" data-model-name="Lucca Outdoor Sofa" data-model-brand="" ><div class='product-image-widthsetter'><p class='vanilla-image-block' data-bordeaux-image-check style='padding-top:130.00%';><img style="width: 100%" class="featured_image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/M3fddEzwmGBXUAjP8uZAu3.jpg" alt="Cream and wood outdoor sofa"></p></div></a>            <div class="featured_product_details_wrapper">                <div class="featured_product_title_wrapper">                                        <div class='featured__brand'>Poly & Bark</div>                                        <div class="featured__title">Lucca Outdoor Sofa</div>                                    </div>                <div class="subtitle__description">                                                            <p></p>                </div>                            </div>        </div>        <div class="featured_product_block featured_block_hero" data-id="4af8b50e-5963-4f69-9892-db0784c6280c">            <a href="https://www.frontgate.com/tabitha-indoor-2foutdoor-rug/1543618?l" data-model-name="Tabitha Indoor/outdoor Rug" data-model-brand="" ><div class='product-image-widthsetter'><p class='vanilla-image-block' data-bordeaux-image-check style='padding-top:130.00%';><img style="width: 100%" class="featured_image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/U39G2ci39dmFP6DMQnJWiF.jpg" alt="Green and white patterned rug"></p></div></a>            <div class="featured_product_details_wrapper">                <div class="featured_product_title_wrapper">                                        <div class='featured__brand'>Frontgate</div>                                        <div class="featured__title">Tabitha Indoor/outdoor Rug</div>                                    </div>                <div class="subtitle__description">                                                            <p></p>                </div>                            </div>        </div>        <div class="featured_product_block featured_block_hero" data-id="7119ceb6-d219-4a0e-8eed-07a901c25fbb">            <a href="https://www.serenaandlily.com/products/eastport-umbrella/1094798" data-model-name="Eastport Umbrella" data-model-brand="" ><div class='product-image-widthsetter'><p class='vanilla-image-block' data-bordeaux-image-check style='padding-top:130.00%';><img style="width: 100%" class="featured_image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4o26h4HUcrpSLZZj8eoxhU.jpg" alt="Outdoor umbrella"></p></div></a>            <div class="featured_product_details_wrapper">                <div class="featured_product_title_wrapper">                                        <div class='featured__brand'>Serena & Lily</div>                                        <div class="featured__title">Eastport Umbrella</div>                                    </div>                <div class="subtitle__description">                                                            <p></p>                </div>                            </div>        </div>        <div class="featured_product_block featured_block_hero" data-id="37c01651-958f-4608-8140-b0dc3efe66a1">            <a href="https://www.westelm.com/products/traditional-teak-lantern-d13231/?catalogId=71&sku=6763299&pickuplocation=ST:%7Bstore_code%7D&cm_ven=PLA&cm_cat=Google&cm_pla=Pillows%20%26%20Decor%20%3E%20Lanterns%20%26%20Candleholders&cm_ite=6763299_14465514686_aud-946419291769:pla-1412755943711&gad_source=1&gad_campaignid=14465514686&gbraid=0AAAAABjYLmlRc_G9b2R2ctMJpY2N-lSsy&gclid=Cj0KCQjw_b_QBhCSARIsAP6hR4d1YLERRybcrXLJ4vh4f51-wfxs8UCtyJQ_ZxGhrISSfdSVLjSMoIUaAkLwEALw_wcB" data-model-name="Traditional Teak Lantern" data-model-brand="" ><div class='product-image-widthsetter'><p class='vanilla-image-block' data-bordeaux-image-check style='padding-top:130.00%';><img style="width: 100%" class="featured_image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3BNX8UpKvNfycAHhjR5DQj.jpg" alt="Outdoor lantern"></p></div></a>            <div class="featured_product_details_wrapper">                <div class="featured_product_title_wrapper">                                        <div class='featured__brand'>West Elm</div>                                        <div class="featured__title">Traditional Teak Lantern</div>                                    </div>                <div class="subtitle__description">                                                            <p></p>                </div>                            </div>        </div>        <div class="featured_product_block featured_block_hero" data-id="fb257763-2d16-47da-93d2-3b00b05c2299">            <a href="https://www.ballarddesigns.com/montrose-sunbrella26reg-outdoor-pillow/730428?utm_source=google&utm_medium=cpc&utm_campaign=PLA&listIndex=0&offers_sku=DL086%20MONT%2016&intlShippingCtx=US%7CUSD&CAWELAID=120245430001117294&CAGPSPN=pla&CAAGID=&CATCI=&SourceCode=BDSHOPSMT&gclsrc=aw.ds&gad_source=1&gad_campaignid=17414166618&gbraid=0AAAAAD-4igVoBdQ0AgJGxQ41BUfZXRwfp&gclid=Cj0KCQjw_b_QBhCSARIsAP6hR4eXUVeajh9m2LVsaRjSJH8fG0QodJ8Osrfr4FnmVt72Z66GupTG5-0aAg5IEALw_wcB" data-model-name="Montrose Sunbrella® Outdoor Pillow" data-model-brand="" ><div class='product-image-widthsetter'><p class='vanilla-image-block' data-bordeaux-image-check style='padding-top:130.00%';><img style="width: 100%" class="featured_image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4eFKrRGBbJhWuh67ugKckA.jpg" alt="Patterned outdoor throw pillow"></p></div></a>            <div class="featured_product_details_wrapper">                <div class="featured_product_title_wrapper">                                        <div class='featured__brand'>Ballard Designs</div>                                        <div class="featured__title">Montrose Sunbrella® Outdoor Pillow</div>                                    </div>                <div class="subtitle__description">                                                            <p></p>                </div>                            </div>        </div>        <div class="featured_product_block featured_block_hero" data-id="ffdb5046-de47-4fb7-98a8-172de57c0618">            <a href="https://www.potterybarn.com/products/blackwell-36-inch-round-propane-fire-table-mp/?catalogId=84&sku=1276386&pickuplocation=ST:%7Bstore_code%7D&cm_ven=PLA&cm_cat=Google&cm_pla=Outdoor%20%3E%20Fire%20Pits%20%26%20Patio%20Heaters&cm_ite=1276386_14546951676_aud-944520937335:pla-1412755940111&gad_source=1&gad_campaignid=14546951676&gbraid=0AAAAADr1rYW6eXZWwkYPRkwdH6VJbS6h_&gclid=Cj0KCQjw_b_QBhCSARIsAP6hR4dkxQgRJbGmuQ9u7idqXxKhq_TOl6LdmDIsP2XIunfAb2LFXSsV8tUaApoMEALw_wcB" data-model-name="Blackwell Steel Round Propane Fire Pit " data-model-brand="" ><div class='product-image-widthsetter'><p class='vanilla-image-block' data-bordeaux-image-check style='padding-top:130.00%';><img style="width: 100%" class="featured_image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fsbVin5hgZnbKfE8jn9VNX.jpg" alt="Stone bowl firepit"></p></div></a>            <div class="featured_product_details_wrapper">                <div class="featured_product_title_wrapper">                                        <div class='featured__brand'>Pottery Barn</div>                                        <div class="featured__title">Blackwell Steel Round Propane Fire Pit </div>                                    </div>                <div class="subtitle__description">                                                            <p></p>                </div>                            </div>        </div>        <div class="featured_product_block featured_block_hero" data-id="64d1069a-7b68-4949-926b-e35b5e635810">            <a href="https://www.wayfair.com/outdoor/pdp/veikous-solid-wood-pergola-viko1275.html?piid=85421431" data-model-name="Veikous Solid Wood Pergola" data-model-brand="" ><div class='product-image-widthsetter'><p class='vanilla-image-block' data-bordeaux-image-check style='padding-top:130.00%';><img style="width: 100%" class="featured_image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kUBS5eX7TUQQhnFxym93TE.jpg" alt="Wooden pergola"></p></div></a>            <div class="featured_product_details_wrapper">                <div class="featured_product_title_wrapper">                                        <div class='featured__brand'>Wayfair</div>                                        <div class="featured__title">Veikous Solid Wood Pergola</div>                                    </div>                <div class="subtitle__description">                                                            <p></p>                </div>                            </div>        </div>        <div class="featured_product_block featured_block_hero" data-id="e5141952-da51-456a-87ff-4884270ef5a5">            <a href="https://www.potterybarn.com/products/huntington-slim-slope-swivel-outdoor-lounge-chair/?catalogId=84&sku=4601255&pickuplocation=ST:%7Bstore_code%7D&cm_ven=PLA&cm_cat=Google&cm_pla=Outdoor%20%3E%20Chairs%20%26%20Chaises&cm_ite=4601255_14546951676_aud-1935300100953:pla-297785831921&gad_source=1&gad_campaignid=14546951676&gbraid=0AAAAADr1rYW6eXZWwkYPRkwdH6VJbS6h_&gclid=Cj0KCQjw_b_QBhCSARIsAP6hR4fNYvpsOeY38qqT-yHvUmkjwVJ8WT83_zpZl4ukGw2xNg09yHLRcScaAsaHEALw_wcB" data-model-name="Huntington Slim Slope Arm Swivel Outdoor Lounge Chair" data-model-brand="" ><div class='product-image-widthsetter'><p class='vanilla-image-block' data-bordeaux-image-check style='padding-top:130.00%';><img style="width: 100%" class="featured_image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2n4Um2XiaE3VRmy9pfiquP.jpg" alt="Rattan outdoor armchairs"></p></div></a>            <div class="featured_product_details_wrapper">                <div class="featured_product_title_wrapper">                                        <div class='featured__brand'>Pottery Barn</div>                                        <div class="featured__title">Huntington Slim Slope Arm Swivel Outdoor Lounge Chair</div>                                    </div>                <div class="subtitle__description">                                                            <p></p>                </div>                            </div>        </div>        <div class="featured_product_block featured_block_hero" data-id="9b70889e-f651-4a0d-a9f6-b217e263e253">            <a href="https://www.wayfair.com/furniture/pdp/birch-lane-leeroy-ceramic-hydrangea-chinoiserie-stool-elegant-blue-and-white-18-inch-garden-accent-piece-w100756486.html" data-model-name="Leeroy Ceramic Hydrangea Chinoiserie Stool" data-model-brand="" ><div class='product-image-widthsetter'><p class='vanilla-image-block' data-bordeaux-image-check style='padding-top:130.00%';><img style="width: 100%" class="featured_image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RSMcgVgmVRAGvEkBbRhwKY.jpg" alt="Blue and white ceramic stool"></p></div></a>            <div class="featured_product_details_wrapper">                <div class="featured_product_title_wrapper">                                        <div class='featured__brand'>Wayfair</div>                                        <div class="featured__title">Leeroy Ceramic Hydrangea Chinoiserie Stool</div>                                    </div>                <div class="subtitle__description">                                                            <p></p>                </div>                            </div>        </div><p>With the right consideration, your outdoor patio can feel as inviting as a family room. A city balcony can turn into a true retreat, and your garden can host friends and family as comfortably as your indoor living room. </p><p><em><strong>The Homes & Gardens Library is your definitive guide to timeless design wisdom. From choosing the perfect sofa to mastering the fundamentals of layout, each piece in the series draws on expert insight to guide you through the key principles of interior design. Thoughtfully curated yet easy to digest, it’s the essential reference for anyone looking to create a home that is beautiful, practical, and enduring.</strong></em></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Designers Agree: These Are the 7 Foundations of a Truly Timeless Bathroom ]]></title>
                                                                                                                                                                                                <link>https://www.homesandgardens.com/bathrooms/how-to-design-a-timeless-bathroom</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Everything you need to know about designing a bathroom that feels both on trend for 2026 and timeless for decades to come ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">wriv7j2iSPNosBpEfscC2i</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XRy8gwRYKxyMfD395EUktC-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 21 May 2026 00:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Bathrooms]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Decor]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Rooms]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Arabella Youens ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HKP7n5ejwqEtedbz9Z7fEo.png ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Arabella is a freelance journalist writing for national newspapers, magazines and websites including Homes &amp;amp; Gardens, Country Life, The Telegraph and The Times. For many years she has specialized in writing about property and interiors, but she began her career in the early 2000s working on the newly launched Country Life website, covering anything from competitions to find the nation’s prettiest vicarage to the plight of rural post offices. Moving across to the magazine, she became the property editor and also was responsible for spear-heading its new regular interiors section, which has now a firm fixture in its make up. In 2016, she left her position as property and interiors editor and went freelance.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XRy8gwRYKxyMfD395EUktC-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Ema Peter, Styling Debbie Frederickson &amp; Kelly Deck Design]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Bright luxury bathroom with a white freestanding tub, marble floors, lavender curtains, and a decorative folding screen under a glass-paned ceiling.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Bright luxury bathroom with a white freestanding tub, marble floors, lavender curtains, and a decorative folding screen under a glass-paned ceiling.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Bright luxury bathroom with a white freestanding tub, marble floors, lavender curtains, and a decorative folding screen under a glass-paned ceiling.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XRy8gwRYKxyMfD395EUktC-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Bathrooms are among the most technically demanding rooms in a home. They must withstand the impact of water and humidity alongside daily wear and tear – while still feeling something of a sanctuary from the busy world outside. To add to the pressure, they also represent a significant financial commitment. Design decisions pivot on an intricate interplay between plumbing, electrical work, hard finishes, and the right layout. All carry long-term consequences: once in, things cannot easily be undone.</p><p>Our approach – and that shared by many designs – is that the success of a timeless bathroom isn’t defined by spa styling or stand-out statement fittings. It’s shaped by proportion, functional logic, material restraint, and <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/spaces/decorating/bathroom-ideas-224312">bathroom ideas</a> that have longevity. What follows is the framework professionals rely upon.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-1-proportion"><span>1. Proportion</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="5Jhm9Atb6q6PrZM9bF7D2b" name="Elegant bathroom by Drummonds" alt="Minimalist bathroom featuring a white oval soaking tub against a wall of muted green and tan square tiles with an abstract painting above." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5Jhm9Atb6q6PrZM9bF7D2b.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">Crystal Maki of Silvering Winteriors combined large cream and mint harlequin pattern tiles with smaller mint zellige tiles from Cle Tile to create a subtle layering. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Will Ellis)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s the <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/scale-in-interior-design">scale</a> of everything that determines whether a bathroom feels calm or cramped. The bathroom should never feel secondary to the bedroom or dressing space, giving it enough room from the outset makes all the difference. ‘We’re increasingly seeing bathrooms broken into more considered zones: a separate WC, or even splitting bathing and showering entirely, which creates a much calmer way to live with the space,’ says James Lentaigne, CEO of the New York- and London-based luxury bathware company <a href="https://drummonds-uk.com/" target="_blank"><u>Drummonds</u></a>.</p><p>In terms of proportion, it’s less about rules and more about balance. ‘We often think of the bathroom as a study in simple geometry,’ says David Ries of New York-based firm <a href="https://www.rieshayes.com/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><u>Ries Hayes</u></a>. ‘If the major elements are rectilinear, continue that language in the wall tile, creating a calm and cohesive backdrop.’</p><p>A double <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/shopping/best-places-to-buy-bathroom-vanities">bathroom vanity</a> is wonderful in a principal bathroom, but only if it has space around it – otherwise, two smaller vanities can feel far more elegant. ‘When designing a bathroom, I usually start by thinking about the vanity size as well as placement, as it tends to anchor the room,’ says New York- and Wyoming-based interior designer <a href="https://www.laurencarlucci.com/" target="_blank"><u>Lauren Carlucci</u></a>, founder of her eponymous studio. ‘It should feel generous enough to be functional, but not so large that it overwhelms circulation. In smaller spaces, a more compact vanity with well-considered <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/bathroom-storage-ideas">bathroom storage</a> – medicine cabinets go a long way – is often far more successful than trying to force scale.'</p><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="CKePzVJiapPvXrWBNFCbXT" name="Sarah Brown bathroom" alt="Traditional bathroom featuring patterned wallpaper, double pedestal sinks, a central wooden cabinet, and a large tufted red ottoman on hardwood floors." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CKePzVJiapPvXrWBNFCbXT.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2500" height="3000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">The principal bathroom for a house in Louisville, Kentucky, decorated by Sarah Brown Interiors has a circular bench that acts as a conversational piece. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Katie Leichhardt)</span></figcaption></figure><p>‘The bath is typically the focal point, so placement is everything,’ says James. ‘It should feel both visible and slightly protected – away from draughts, harsh lighting or busy areas. Increasingly, it’s positioned in a quieter corner or alcove to enhance that sense of retreat.’</p><p>From the doorway, the room should read as composed. If something feels visually dominant for no reason, it likely is. For a project in Louisville, Kentucky, the London-based interior designer <a href="https://www.sarahbrowninteriors.com/" target="_blank"><u>Sarah Brown</u></a> positioned a circular bench in the center of the principal bathroom. The room was large enough to warrant an anchor point in the center. ‘It’s become a conversational piece at bathtime,’ says Sarah.</p><p>‘In <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/spaces/decorating/small-bathroom-ideas-208152">smaller bathrooms</a>, I often lean toward larger-format tiles or slabs to reduce visual noise,’ adds Lauren Carlucci. ‘In larger spaces, you can introduce more variation, but it should always feel intentional rather than busy.’ Use both color and geometry to unify a tile design, says Crystal Maki, principal at <a href="https://www.silverwinginteriors.com/" target="_blank">Silverwing Interiors</a>. By contrasting large format tiles with smaller scale ones, it creates a subtle layering that holds the eye without overwhelming the space.’</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-2-function-first"><span>2. Function First</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="7QhGMZcwRkWuJoVeHKYvoL" name="Large luxury bathrooms" alt="Bright luxury bathroom with a white freestanding tub, marble floors, lavender curtains, and a decorative folding screen under a glass-paned ceiling." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7QhGMZcwRkWuJoVeHKYvoL.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2500" height="3000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">Kelly Deck, founder of Kelly Deck Design, created a clear delineation between bathing and beautifying zones in this bathroom with the bathtub framed by half walls with transoms and sidelights. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Ema Peter, Styling Debbie Frederickson & Kelly Deck Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A successful bathroom feels intuitive to use, meaning that everything has its place from storage, to towels and toiletries. This boils down to something that designers describe as ‘invisible design intelligence’. Function should guide the <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/bathroom-layout-ideas">bathroom layout</a> from the beginning. Keeping the toilet out of sight is a good starting point, but beyond that, the real success lies in early planning. Towel rails are a classic example: they’re often left too late, when in reality they need proper wall space. That might mean subtly shaping the room: boxing in a toilet or shower can create more usable surfaces for heating and fittings.</p><p>Where possible, always separate the bath and shower. Vancouver-based Kelly Deck, founder of <a href="https://kellydeck.com/" target="_blank"><u>Kelly Deck Design</u></a>, recommends creating a clear delineation between bathing and beautifying zones in a bathroom, where space allows. That said, in smaller rooms, restraint is key. A well-proportioned shower will always work better than trying to force in something oversized, says James Lentaigne. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="vhLf7sUcrSLGL8onhqpx4R" name="Double Vanity Future.jpg" alt="Double vanity, grey drawers, tile floor" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vhLf7sUcrSLGL8onhqpx4R.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">Clever storage, such as a double vanity, ensures a clutter-free bathroom. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Clutter will quickly undermine the aesthetic of an otherwise beautifully designed space. In shared bathrooms, storage should be designed around individual routines so two people can move comfortably without overlap or clutter. </p><p>A double vanity works best when it clearly defines separate areas: each person gets their own drawer stack, outlet access, and mirror space, says Ashley Gallion, founder of<a href="https://ashleyayerinteriors.com" target="_blank"><u> Ashley Ayer Interiors</u></a>. ‘Inside, divide storage by function – daily items in top drawers, backups below – to keep mornings efficient. Flanking towers or vertical cabinets between or beside sinks add dedicated personal storage without crowding circulation, while shallow drawers prevent items from getting lost.’</p><p>Samantha Feuer of Tennessee-based interior designers <a href="https://www.norris.studio/" target="_blank">Norris Studio</a> recommends incorporating vintage furniture into a bathroom–adding warmth and storage. ‘A wooden library cart for towel storage, or a chinoiserie cabinet are great additions,’ she adds.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-materials-that-endure"><span>3. Materials That Endure</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="9S8ZEXiN52sZmnMRfD9tK4" name="Black marble bathroom" alt="Sophisticated bathroom with a dark marble-clad tub and double vanity, black cabinetry, and a skylight illuminating the sloped ceiling." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9S8ZEXiN52sZmnMRfD9tK4.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">The soft veining of marble in this scheme by Maria DeCotiis adds depth without overwhelming the space, while the tonal palette keeps everything serene and cohesive. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tina Kulic)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Bathrooms are humid environments, so the impact of ventilation and heating are just as important as any other consideration. Not only will marble suffer in a poorly ventilated space, but a towel rail won’t heat a bathroom on its own, so both need to be properly considered early on. Quiet, efficient extraction is essential to protect paint from mold staining and premature wear. </p><p>'For brassware, nickel offers a crisp, low-maintenance finish, while antique or unlacquered brass introduces warmth and develops character over time', says James Lentaigne. Overly polished or synthetic finishes often date faster.</p><p>Marble remains a classic choice for vanities: it’s timeless, tactile, and quietly luxurious. The quality of the stone makes a significant difference, with beautifully figured marbles such as Arabescato Corchia elevating the entire space. ‘What makes marble particularly suited to bathrooms is its versatility,’ says <a href="https://mariadecotiis.com" target="_blank">Maria DeCotiis</a>, owner and principal designer at her eponymous studio. ‘It can seamlessly transition from floors to walls to millwork, creating a layered, immersive experience. It’s also incredibly durable and, when sealed correctly, holds up beautifully in high-moisture environments.’</p><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="rAck79RAmas8wasSJjF7Rd" name="Wooden bathroom" alt="Warm bathroom design with rich wood paneling, an arched window nook, white marble countertops, and a built-in bathtub." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rAck79RAmas8wasSJjF7Rd.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">Timber has a place in the bathroom as a contrast against stone and tile, as demonstrated in this scheme by Park Interiors. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Yanglin Cai)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Underfoot, natural materials always feel right for <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/bathroom-flooring-ideas">bathroom floors</a>. Stone gives a sense of permanence, while timber can add warmth if it’s properly specified, looked after, and the room is well ventilated. ‘Timber absolutely has a place in a bathroom when used with intention,’ say Naina Hotchkiss and Allison McAfee of Dallas-based <a href="https://www.parkinteriors.com/" target="_blank"><u>Park Interiors</u></a>. ‘We like incorporating it through vanities or cabinetry in stain-grade finishes to introduce warmth and contrast against stone and tile. It softens the overall palette and makes the space feel more inviting.’ </p><p>‘I always gravitate toward materials that age well,’ says New York-based interior designer <a href="https://www.marissastokesid.com/" target="_blank"><u>Marissa Stokes</u></a>. ‘Natural stone is a favorite, but composites can be great for durability. Warm metals and touches of wood help keep the space from feeling too cold.’</p><p>The Miami- and London-based interior designer <a href="https://www.nataliamiyar.com/" target="_blank">Natalia Miyar</a> says she’s always been drawn to using copper in unexpected ways, keeping it in its natural state so it can age with character. For a property in Ibiza, she used a custom red-copper bath sourced from India, purposefully built with extra-thick walls to help moderate the room’s acoustics. ‘Set within an indoor-outdoor bathroom that opens onto a private garden with an <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/gardens/outdoor-shower-ideas">outdoor shower</a>, the experience is designed to feel as though you are bathing in nature,’ says the decorator. ‘It’s a detail that brings both function and quiet luxury.’</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-4-well-edited-schemes"><span>4. Well-Edited Schemes</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="pV3tpUiyfCmMTH4FNB24f6" name="Small wooden bathroom" alt="Contemporary bathroom with vertical wood slat partitions, a sleek tan vanity, and a blue pendant light against wood-paneled walls." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pV3tpUiyfCmMTH4FNB24f6.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">Limited materials feel inherently modern. Here the team at Ries Hayes worked with an ebonized oak for the screen, a stained natural oak for the vanity and flooring, and quartz for the vanity top. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Joshua McHugh)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A timeless bathroom, which is designed to endure rather than make a bold statement, will benefit from a tightly controlled scheme. ‘A pared-back material story allows the finer details to shine,’ says David Ries of <a href="https://www.rieshayes.com/" target="_blank"><u>Ries Hayes</u></a>. ‘Elements like sculptural fittings or lighting begin to read almost as jewelry.'</p><p>'No one is a bigger fan of bold, <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/bathrooms/colorful-bathroom-ideas">colorful bathrooms</a> than I am,' says Louisville-based Bethany Adams, principal of <a href="https://www.bethanyadamsinteriors.com/" target="_blank"><u>Bethany Adams Interiors</u></a>. ‘However, if timelessness is your goal, I think it is wise to consider light neutral palettes, commonly used materials like Carrara marble, hexagonal floor tile, in either marble or ceramic, and historically prevalent finishes like chrome or unlacquered brass.’ To keep the mood au courant, she suggests adding less permanent and trendier flourishes like a fabric sink skirt, cool bath rug, or special sconces, which can be changed at a later date.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="iC2S5qe6NJAmdESE9gr5xc" name="Teal marble bathroom" alt="Dramatic bathroom featuring floor-to-ceiling teal veined marble, a matching double vanity, and a large inset mirror with vertical sconces." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iC2S5qe6NJAmdESE9gr5xc.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">This Steven Gambrel-designed bathroom juxtaposes antique brass fittings by Drummons against Verde Luana and Verde St Denis green marbles which adorn the walls, adding a decorative and timeless feel. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Drummonds)</span></figcaption></figure><p>California-based interior designer <a href="https://www.hollyakopman.com/" target="_blank"><u>Holly A. Kopman</u></a> doesn’t follow any rule about limiting the number of materials used in a bathroom – it feels too prescriptive, she says. ‘I design more instinctively, chasing what feels right in the space. For me, it’s about tension: organic against geometric, soft against structured, polished against raw. That push and pull is what makes a room feel alive rather than overthought.’</p><p><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/layering-in-interior-design">Layering</a> is key to achieving this, continues Holly. ‘Pattern, texture, sculptural lighting, unexpected materials – nothing should feel flat or one-note. I want a space to unfold as you spend time in it, where the details keep revealing themselves. And then there’s stone. I’m obsessed with it. The movement, the drama, the imperfections – its nature doing its thing, and you can’t replicate that. When you let the material speak, it becomes the art in the room.’</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-5-good-lighting"><span>5. Good Lighting </span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="DB57eRga7b3VyBFDySBWkM" name="Well lit shower nook" alt="Vintage-style shower with cream vertical tiles, gold hardware, and a marble bench. A glimpse of olive floral wallpaper and penny tile flooring adds a classic, warm touch." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DB57eRga7b3VyBFDySBWkM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">Avoid lighting in niche in the shower to remain timeless, says Samantha Feuer of Norris Studio. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Ethan Herrington)</span></figcaption></figure><p><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/spaces/decorating/bathroom-lighting-ideas-204007">Lighting a bathroom</a> should never be an afterthought: it needs early consideration to ensure a scheme that layers in light and can adapt with the changing amount of natural light and conjure the necessary atmosphere. That means plenty of directional light for getting ready alongside soft and flattering settings to tone everything down when it’s time to relax. 'Say no to toe-kick lighting or lighting a niche in the shower,' says Samantha Feuer of Norris Studio. ‘It’s just not timeless.’ </p><p>When drawing up a lighting scheme, maximize natural light where possible; well-placed <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/shopping/where-to-buy-bathroom-mirrors">bathroom mirrors</a> and glossy tile surfaces can help bounce limited light around the room. Or, in its absence, use bright, neutral lighting for daytime tasks to keep the space feeling fresh and functional. Combine this with effective mirror-level task lighting to avoid shadows, and ambient ceiling lighting for overall illumination. </p><p>'Dimmers make a big difference for creating a more relaxed feel in the evening,' says New York City-based Marissa Stokes, founder of <a href="https://www.marissastokesid.com/home" target="_blank"><u>Marissa Stokes Interior Design</u></a>. 'The key is flexibility, so the bathroom can shift easily from energizing in the morning to calming at night,' adds Ashley Gallion, founder of <a href="https://ashleyayerinteriors.com" target="_blank"><u>Ashley Ayer Interiors</u></a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="Es7VQbmqTJcTVs7XiWiYGZ" name="Powder room with yellow wallpaper" alt="Charming powder room with yellow floral wallpaper, a white pedestal sink, and a round rattan mirror. A small wall sconce and pink flowers add a cozy, vintage feel." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Es7VQbmqTJcTVs7XiWiYGZ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">Lighting around the mirror is essential, says Lauren Carlucci, ideally placed at eye level rather than overhead to avoid harsh shadows. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Lauren Carlucci Studio)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In addition to <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/how-to-layer-lighting">layered lighting</a>, adding a chandelier or pendant above the bathtub can define the tub as a focal point and bring a sense of luxury to the bathroom. This overhead fixture acts as both ambient and accent lighting, drawing the eye and creating a visual anchor in the room. </p><p>Choose a design that complements the overall style – glass, metal, or even a subtle wood finish – and ensure it's rated for damp or wet locations. ‘Placing a pendant or chandelier above the tub not only enhances the atmosphere for evening relaxation but also reinforces the hierarchy of the space, making the bathtub feel intentional and sculptural rather than just functional,’ says Ashley. Consider reflections from surfaces, too: glossy tiles will make a room brighter while matte finishes, such as tadelakt on the walls, absorb light more gently.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-6-create-continuity"><span>6. Create Continuity</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="hZKQT3jmLXhKqNV5midHzM" name="white bathroom.jpg" alt="Small white bathroom with walk in shower and checkerboard floor tiles" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hZKQT3jmLXhKqNV5midHzM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">Matching hardware finishes is an easy way to create cohesion in a bathroom. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A bathroom should feel connected to the wider home. Repeating hardware finishes, flooring finishes, or echoing architectural details helps the bathroom feel cohesive and considered. It’s a balancing act, says Ashley Ayers, to create visual and material continuity without making it feel identical. </p><p>‘Carry through the home’s color palette in walls, tiles, or cabinetry, and echo architectural details like molding, trim, and flooring transitions to make the space feel intentional. Coordinate hardware and fixtures – taps, pulls, lighting finishes – with those used elsewhere, and use complementary textures such as timber or stone to reinforce cohesion.’ </p><p>Maintaining consistent scale, proportions, and visual weight ensures the bathroom feels integrated rather than isolated, while still allowing it to function as a personal, restful retreat.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="aXKrBykz8vF2NqiKuegisi" name="Moody wooden bathroom" alt="Moody, rustic bathroom with dark walls, three tall windows with linen cafe curtains, a white clawfoot tub, and extensive warm wood cabinetry with marble counters." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aXKrBykz8vF2NqiKuegisi.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">Sean Anderson Design links the principal bathroom of a farmhouse in Alabama to the rest of the first floor by pulling in hues from the lush surroundings outside. Walls and cabinetry in <a href="https://www.benjaminmoore.com/en-us/paint-colors/color/csp-900/jungle-canopy" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Jungle Canopy, Benjamin Moore</a>. Vanity counters in Calacatta Cameo marble. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Haris Kenjar)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Memphis-based designer <a href="https://seanandersondesign.com/" target="_blank"><u>Sean Anderson</u></a> recently completed a farmhouse project for clients in Alabama. Color creates a strong link throughout the property.  While the same greige paint was used downstairs, green dominates upstairs, including in the main bathroom.</p><p>‘It was something we were seeing in the leaves outside and deriving inspiration from nature because that’s who these clients are,’ explains Sean. ‘They live outdoors, and with the rooms being on the second level and having a little more light, we could go a little brighter with the green.’</p><p>Bathrooms shouldn’t feel like isolated moments, agrees Lauren Carlucci. ‘They should carry through the broader language of the home.’ This can be achieved through consistent tones, materials, or architectural details. Continuing hardware finishes, echoing colors used elsewhere, or aligning millwork profiles can all help create continuity. ‘Even the smallest details can ensure a bathroom feels considered and connected rather than standalone.’</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-7-avoid-fleeting-trends"><span>7. Avoid Fleeting Trends</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="ABzNCbfmuTSaS3xo2RRaUa" name="Bathroom with checked tiles" alt="Bathroom with checked tiles in red and pink, the rest of the bathroom in panelled in white" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ABzNCbfmuTSaS3xo2RRaUa.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2500" height="3000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">Neutral shades will always feel timeless, and you can inject trend-led design in tile patterns and colors that work with a neutral scheme. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>We all know how avocado green bathrooms dominated bathroom design during the 1960s and 1970s and quickly fell out of favor in the later decades. While colored sanitaryware might be experiencing something of a resurgence in this year's <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/bathrooms/bathroom-trends-2026">bathroom trends</a>, they are probably best avoided for a truly timeless scheme. Other elements that can quickly date a bathroom include overly thematic spa styling, novelty basins, sculptural taps, and even highly patterned encaustic tiles. Classic references such as marble, ceramic, simple brassware, and understated joinery will outlast any trend-driven statements.</p><p>‘Encaustic concrete tiles, for example, can lean trend-driven depending on the pattern and application,’ say Naina Hotchkiss and Allison McAfee of <a href="https://www.parkinteriors.com/" target="_blank">Park Interiors</a>. ‘Similarly, an all brass approach across plumbing, hardware, and accents can start to feel overly specific and less enduring over time. We also tend to avoid wall-to-wall mirrors, which can feel more builder-grade and lack the detail and character we prefer to bring into a space.’</p><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="TttCnPZxvPauXfeWg4prMH" name="White bathroom" alt="Bright, classic white bathroom featuring a glass-enclosed walk-in shower, a marble vanity with a makeup station, and elegant wall paneling under a large skylight." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TttCnPZxvPauXfeWg4prMH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">A fresh white palette, such as this scheme by Marissa Stokes, won’t easily date. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Marissa Stokes Interior Design )</span></figcaption></figure><p>Heritage designs are a safe bet: if they haven’t lost their appeal in the last 100 years, they are likely to remain popular for the next. Roll top baths and taps in time-hono,red shapes to classic finishing touches, like subway tiles, stand the test of time. Classic styles are also being designed in new materials, to make them align more with modern lifestyles, including acrylic baths, which are more affordable, durable and easier to maintain than their cast iron counterparts.</p><p>Marissa Stokes says she tends to avoid anything too trendy or overly decorative, to avoid falling into a trap that will age a bathroom quickly. ‘Simpler, classic choices last longer, and you can always layer in personality through smaller details.’ Instead, character and interest can be introduced through mirrors, textiles, artwork, or accessories, elements that are easy to update. Permanent fixtures should err toward restraint. In the end, longevity is the ultimate luxury.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-quick-tips"><span>Quick Tips</span></h2><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-what-makes-a-bathroom-timeless-rather-than-trendy"><span>What Makes a Bathroom Timeless Rather Than Trendy?</span></h3><p>Timeless bathrooms prioritise proportion, quality materials, and restrained detailing. They avoid overtly decorative trends in favour of surfaces and fixtures that age gracefully. The emphasis is on balance and longevity rather than novelty.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-do-you-choose-bathroom-finishes-that-won-t-date"><span>How Do You Choose Bathroom Finishes That Won’t Date?</span></h3><p>Select natural materials or neutral tones with subtle texture. Avoid highly specific colours or patterns tied to a particular trend cycle. Test finishes in natural and artificial light before committing.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-many-materials-should-a-bathroom-include"><span>How Many Materials Should a Bathroom Include?</span></h3><p>As a rule of thumb, limit the space to three dominant materials. This creates cohesion and prevents visual clutter while allowing subtle contrast.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-can-a-modern-bathroom-still-feel-timeless"><span>Can a Modern Bathroom Still Feel Timeless?</span></h3><p>Yes. Clean lines, disciplined detailing, and high-quality materials ensure modern bathrooms feel enduring rather than trend-led. Simplicity, when well judged, rarely dates.</p><p>A well-designed bathroom that will stand the test of time is shaped by clarity, not excess. When proportion is balanced, function is intuitive, materials are durable and the palette is restrained, the result feels calm and enduring. The most successful bathrooms do not announce themselves. They feel resolved, quietly luxurious, technically sound and built to last.</p><p><em><strong>The </strong></em><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/tag/the-library"><em><strong>Homes & Gardens Library</strong></em></a><em><strong> is your definitive guide to timeless design wisdom. From choosing the perfect sofa to mastering the fundamentals of layout, each piece in the series draws on expert insight to guide you through the key principles of interior design. Thoughtfully curated yet easy to digest, it’s the essential reference for anyone looking to create a home that is beautiful, practical, and enduring.</strong></em></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ How to Design an Outdoor Kitchen for Any Space, Style, or Budget ]]></title>
                                                                                                                                                                                                <link>https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/how-to-design-an-outdoor-kitchen</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The complete guide to outdoor kitchen design, packed with expert insight on layouts, appliances, materials, construction and everything you need to create a setup you’ll use all summer and beyond ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">CsqrokU2nohEH8Y5d7raTM</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UyrqFq7LzDN6WKCj857MWG-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 14 May 2026 05:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Wed, 17 Jun 2026 11:50:53 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Gardens]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ info@lindaclayton.com (Linda Clayton) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Linda Clayton ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PXRLBjSyoVXsLvbKdTt2d9.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Linda graduated from university with a First in Journalism, Film and Broadcasting.&amp;nbsp;Her love for interiors began when she bought her first utter wreck of a home two decades ago, and she realized writing about interiors would make her far happier. She began on a trade title for the kitchen and bathroom industry. She has been working for Homes &amp;amp; Gardens, then sister-brands Livingetc, Country Homes &amp;amp; Interiors and Ideal Home, since 2006, covering all manner of interiors topics, though kitchens and bathrooms are her specialism. The late Mark Wilkinson OBE was (and still is) her all-time design hero.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UyrqFq7LzDN6WKCj857MWG-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Alanna Hale. Project Imparfait Design Studio.]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[outdoor kitchen with large grill and fireplace]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[outdoor kitchen with large grill and fireplace]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[outdoor kitchen with large grill and fireplace]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UyrqFq7LzDN6WKCj857MWG-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>There’s a point, usually on your eleventy billionth trip back to the kitchen for supplies, when barbecuing in the backyard starts to feel more effort than it’s worth. That’s often where outdoor kitchens start to take root.</p><p>Done properly, planning an outdoor kitchen is not just about trawling for the best new grill or transforming your patio. It’s about changing how your home works. Cooking moves outside, hosting becomes easier, and the garden stops being something pretty to look at and starts functioning like another room entirely.</p><p>The best <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/spaces/decorating/outdoor-kitchen-ideas-218955">outdoor kitchen ideas</a> blur the line between indoors and out. Weeknight dinners drift outside on warm evenings, guests naturally gather around the cooking space, and you are no longer missing half the fun while trapped indoors prepping food. Even compact setups can increase the value of your home – few upgrades sell the dream of easy entertaining and sociable family living quite like an outdoor kitchen.</p><p>But while the end result should feel relaxed and effortless, ambitious <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/backyard-ideas">backyard ideas</a> like these take careful planning. Layout, shelter, materials, lighting, appliances, plumbing, and positioning all play a major role in whether an outdoor kitchen becomes part of everyday life or something that sits gathering cobwebs after August.</p><p>To help you avoid expensive mistakes and create an outdoor kitchen that’s a total joy to use, this ultimate guide covers everything from layouts and lighting to appliances, materials, and costs. Plus, all the design decisions that will make the space feel like a true extension of your home.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-1-consider-how-you-live"><span>1. Consider How You Live</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:83.33%;"><img id="zv2zNnAhgaGbJAWsAYWdKJ" name="002 Imparfait_michael alan kaskel" alt="outdoor kitchen with pergola roof and dining furniture" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zv2zNnAhgaGbJAWsAYWdKJ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2400" height="2000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">Centered on a mid-size dining table, this outdoor kitchen is perfect for relaxed weeknight suppers. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Michael Alan Kaskel. Project Imparfait Design Studio.)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Before you start choosing appliances or thinking about finishes, take a step back. The best outdoor kitchens are not designed around trends or oversized entertaining fantasies; they are shaped around how you live every day. ‘People tend to plan outdoor kitchens for that one day a year when they're hosting a bunch of people, but that’s not always helpful,’ explains Rebekah Zaveloff, co-founder and creative director of <a href="https://imparfaitdesign.com/" target="_blank"><u>Imparfait Design Studio</u></a>. ‘The first question I ask clients is how often do you grill, and for how many people.'</p><p>Unless you really do host vast crowds every weekend, it’s better to think about what kind of cooking you do, how much maintenance you are realistically prepared for, and even how your backyard is used the rest of the time.</p><p>It is one of the biggest reasons outdoor kitchens end up feeling oversized or underused. Features that sound appealing during the planning stage – multiple grills, oversized bars, elaborate appliance packages – can seem like too much effort and cleaning for quick mid-week burgers after school.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-focus-on-the-essentials-first"><span>Focus on the Essentials First</span></h3><p>One of the smartest ways to approach an outdoor kitchen is to focus on the features that genuinely improve convenience. Often, a few well-considered basics will make the space feel far more usable day to day. </p><p>‘Creating a well-designed outdoor kitchen with dedicated zones makes weeknight cooking feel effortless,’ says Surrina Plemons, president and principal designer of <a href="https://www.surrinaplemons.com/" target="_blank"><u>Surrina Plemons Interiors</u></a>. ‘For a functional setup, I always recommend three essentials: a grill, a sink, and a compact refrigerator. A sink makes prep and cleanup easier, while a small fridge keeps ingredients and drinks close at hand until it’s time to start cooking.’ </p><p>The real goal is simple: making it easy enough to cook an entire meal outdoors without constantly trekking back inside. If it all feels too much effort after a long day, your outdoor kitchen simply will not get used as often as you imagined.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-think-about-longevity-too"><span>Think About Longevity Too</span></h3><p>Unlike indoor kitchens, outdoor kitchens are exposed to weather, temperature fluctuations, dirt, moisture, and UV exposure almost constantly. That reality should shape expectations from the outset.</p><p>If you want something low maintenance, lean towards durable materials, simpler detailing, and appliances you know you will use regularly. The more elaborate the design becomes, the more cleaning, upkeep, and seasonal maintenance it will typically require.</p><p>The most successful outdoor kitchens tend to share the same quality: they feel easy. Easy to cook in, easy to maintain, and easy to integrate into everyday life. Get that balance right early on, and every other decision – from layout to appliances to materials – becomes far more straightforward.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-2-planning-your-outdoor-kitchen"><span>2. Planning Your Outdoor Kitchen</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:83.33%;"><img id="FtaLeYSJdSXVmctiQiJujH" name="003 Suns Lifestyle" alt="outdoor kitchen with louvred cover" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtaLeYSJdSXVmctiQiJujH.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2400" height="2000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">An adjustable pergola helps protect this outdoor kitchen from the elements.  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Suns Lifestyle)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A successful outdoor kitchen is less about how many features you can fit in and more about how naturally and intuitively the space works. The best outdoor kitchen layouts make cooking, prepping, serving, and socialising feel easy, without constant backtracking or people crossing through the working area.</p><p>‘Outdoor cooking tends to be more casual by nature, so the strict rules of indoor kitchen planning don't always apply,’ says Rebekah Zaveloff. ‘The bigger priority, in my mind, is making sure the cook doesn't end up stranded in no man's land.’</p><p>That sense of connection is important. Whether it is a full outdoor kitchen or a simple grill station, the cook should still feel part of the gathering rather than isolated at the edge of the yard.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-layout-and-workflow"><span>Layout and Workflow</span></h3><p>Most outdoor kitchens work best when divided into simple zones: prep, cooking, and serving. Larger spaces may also include refrigeration, storage, and a drinks area/bar, but the aim is to keep everything close enough to feel efficient without overcrowding the layout.</p><p><strong>The main layout shapes:</strong></p><p>• Single run layouts suit smaller patios and narrow spaces</p><p>• L-shaped layouts help separate cooking and social zones</p><p>• U-shaped kitchens work best in larger gardens with generous clearances</p><p>• Island layouts create the most sociable setups but need careful circulation planning</p><p>‘L-shape configurations are the most versatile,’ says Reilly Gray, co-founder at <a href="https://sunslifestyle.com/pages/about-us" target="_blank"><u>Suns Lifestyle</u></a>. ‘They can create a natural division between cooking and social zones while still feeling open and maintaining good flow.’ Good spacing also makes a major difference. As a rule, allow at least 42 inches for comfortable circulation and leave enough landing space on either side of the grill (12–18 inches is perfect) so prep does not feel cramped.'</p><p>If space allows, an outdoor kitchen island can dramatically improve how the space functions, creating extra prep space, casual seating, and a more sociable layout that feels closer to a fully functioning indoor kitchen. ‘Positioning the main cooking hub slightly offset from the seating and dining areas will help to create a natural boundary without affecting hosting,’ adds Reilly.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-create-an-appliance-wish-list"><span>Create an Appliance Wish-List</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="H77yRzfGsqfBw9PhXD94LF" name="003a blakes Jeremy-Garden-139" alt="outdoor kitchen with fridge and open door" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/H77yRzfGsqfBw9PhXD94LF.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">A small fridge can really transform the functionality of your outdoor kitchen. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Malcolm Menzies. Project: Blakes London.)</span></figcaption></figure><p>What turns a BBQ area into a true outdoor kitchen often comes down to the supporting facilities. Adding a sink and fridge instantly makes the space far more practical, shifting it from somewhere you cook occasionally to somewhere you genuinely use all summer. </p><p>Because every appliance impacts the layout, storage, power, and plumbing requirements, it’s worth creating a clear wish list early on, ideally split into must-haves and dream additions. A <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/buying-guides/best-grills">grill</a> is usually the starting point, but smokers, <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/buying-guides/best-pizza-ovens">pizza ovens</a>, planchas, and warming drawers all require different amounts of space, ventilation, and prep area. ‘The key is to prioritize the appliances that fit with how you actually cook and entertain,’ says Reilly. ‘Don’t invest in more specialist features unless you know you’ll use them regularly.’</p><p>Outdoor refrigeration is another area where people often over-specify. If your indoor kitchen is only a few steps away, a compact undercounter fridge is usually more than enough for chilled drinks, garnishes, and barbecue essentials. In many cases, a large built-in fridge simply eats into valuable storage and prep space. If entertaining is the priority, an integrated ice bucket or trough can be a far more cost-effective way to keep drinks cold without dedicating permanent space to refrigeration.</p><p>The priority is making sure every appliance earns its place. If it compromises prep space or interrupts the workflow, it needs to justify that trade-off through regular use.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-identify-the-best-position"><span>Identify the Best Position</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="pnxzzdRiXCBnNiRXhqCquJ" name="003b Ikea PH208048 (1)" alt="modular outdoor kitchen" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pnxzzdRiXCBnNiRXhqCquJ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">Freestanding modular units keep this compact outdoor kitchen flexible and functional. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Ikea)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Where the kitchen sits within the yard is just as important as the layout itself. ‘We try to set it near enough to the house to make it convenient for bringing out supplies, but far enough away for smoke not to drift directly inside,’ says Rebekah Zaveloff.</p><p>Getting that balance right takes more thought than simply choosing an empty stretch of patio. Wind direction, sun exposure, views, access routes, and proximity to utilities all play a part in how comfortable and practical the space feels long-term.</p><p>If possible, avoid positioning grills in exposed positions, where prevailing winds will disrupt cooking temperatures and constantly push smoke back towards seating areas or the house. Natural windbreaks, such as planting, boundary walls, pergolas, or slatted screening, can all help soften more exposed sites without making the kitchen feel too enclosed.</p><p>Sun exposure deserves equal attention. A prep area in full afternoon sun quickly becomes uncomfortable in hotter climates, while dark countertops and metal appliances can become unpleasantly hot to touch. If natural shade from trees or surrounding architecture is limited, it is worth considering pergolas, retractable awnings, or covered structures early in the planning process rather than trying to retrofit shelter later.</p><p>Avoid plotting your outdoor kitchen too far from existing connections. The further the outdoor kitchen sits from the house, the more expensive utility runs for water, drainage, and electricity tend to become. Plus, trips to the bathroom will take forever. Keeping the kitchen relatively close to existing services can significantly reduce groundwork and installation costs.</p><p>Finally, think about sightlines in both directions, not just the views from the outdoor kitchen, but how the kitchen itself looks from inside the house. Larger installations can dominate surprisingly quickly, particularly in smaller backyards, so the aim should always be subtle integration.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-be-clever-in-compact-spaces"><span>Be Clever in Compact Spaces</span></h3><p>Small outdoor kitchens can be so cute, but when space is tight, it’s so important not to get carried away. Trying to force in oversized islands or too many appliances will quickly cause carnage. In most <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/spaces/decorating/small-garden-ideas-211951">small gardens</a>, a simple linear setup with a good grill, usable prep space, and smart storage will outperform a more ambitious arrangement every time. </p><p><strong>As a rough guide, you ideally want at least:</strong></p><p>• 36 inches of clear circulation space in front of the kitchen</p><p>• 12–18 inches of landing space either side of the grill</p><p>• Around 24 inches of prep space minimum to work comfortably</p><p>Once those basics start shrinking, the kitchen becomes frustrating to use surprisingly quickly. Modular systems are often the smartest solution in smaller spaces because they offer flexibility without looking too temporary or makeshift. Rather than one huge built-in block, these <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/gardens/outdoor-grill-station-ideas"><u>outdoor grill stations</u></a> combine compact cabinetry runs with movable prep stations, freestanding counters, or furniture-style modules that can shift around depending on how the space is being used.</p><p>That flexibility becomes particularly useful when entertaining. A portable prep unit or <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/collection/shopping/outdoor-bar-carts">bar cart</a> can sit alongside the kitchen during parties, then move elsewhere afterwards to free up circulation space. Sourcing modular elements that are designed to sit together, with matching finishes, proper countertops, and integrated storage will help the kitchen read as a considered outdoor room rather than a glorified barbecue setup.</p><p>In tighter footprints, keeping some elements visually lighter also helps. Open shelving, slimmer countertops, or furniture-style pieces on legs can stop the kitchen from feeling too bulky or dominant within the garden.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-plan-your-plumbing-power-and-infrastructure"><span>3. Plan Your Plumbing, Power and Infrastructure</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:83.33%;"><img id="vRq6b8m5oYpf7hbfmjMZWG" name="004 KonigOutdoor (MQ) copy" alt="outdoor kitchen with L-shape island and large grill" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vRq6b8m5oYpf7hbfmjMZWG.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2400" height="2000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">A refrigerator, grill, pizza oven, and fully functioning sink make this outdoor kitchen feel as practical as an indoor one. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: KönigOutdoor)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This is the least glamorous part of an outdoor kitchen project, and arguably the most important. Long before cabinetry, countertops, or appliances arrive on site, the infrastructure needs to be properly planned. Because once paving is laid and landscaping finished, moving utilities becomes disruptive, expensive, and sometimes impossible without ripping it all up again.</p><p>‘Utilities should be coordinated as soon as the appliance layout is fixed, ideally before paving, drainage and landscaping begin,’ confirms Joanne Bull, design manager, <a href="https://konigoutdoor.co.uk/" target="_blank"><u>KönigOutdoor</u></a>. ‘When this stage is left too late, issues can quickly arise, such as insufficient electrical load capacity, poor drainage, falls, or costly trenching to retrofit cabling and pipework once surfaces have already been completed.’</p><p>The reality is that modern outdoor kitchens now function much closer to indoor ones than simple barbecue stations. Refrigeration, lighting, induction cooking, heating, sound systems, charging points, ice makers, televisions and ventilation all place demands on power, plumbing, and structural support. </p><p>Before speaking to contractors, work out what functionality you genuinely need outdoors. Every additional utility adds cost, complexity, and installation requirements.</p><p><strong>Questions worth answering early include:</strong></p><p>• Will you really use a sink regularly?</p><p>• Are you cooking with gas, charcoal, electricity, or a combination?</p><p>• Will you need refrigeration outdoors?</p><p>• Are heating, lighting, or entertainment systems part of the plan?</p><p>• Is the kitchen intended for occasional summer use or year-round cooking?</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-to-plan-the-plumbing"><span>How To Plan The Plumbing</span></h3><p>Adding an <a href="file:///Users/lindaclayton/Desktop/HG%20online%20May%2026/Outdoor%20kitchens/%E2%80%A2%09https:/www.homesandgardens.com/gardens/outdoor-sink-ideas"><u>outdoor sink</u></a> is one of the biggest upgrades you can make to an outdoor kitchen. A sink dramatically reduces trips indoors, improves prep efficiency, and makes cleanup far easier, particularly if you cook outside regularly. ‘Proper drainage and hot water feeds – alongside measures to protect pipework during winter – are what turn an outdoor kitchen from a seasonal barbecue spot into something genuinely usable year-round,’ explains Joanne.</p><p>Cold water is relatively straightforward, especially if you already have a garden tap, but hot water requires a bit more planning. In some setups, the outdoor sink can simply connect back to the home’s existing hot water supply, although this works best when the kitchen sits fairly close to the house. Longer pipe runs can mean frustrating delays waiting for hot water to arrive, particularly if the outdoor kitchen is positioned further down the yard.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="cjWRKmhDiJXhhywLgMkMME" name="004a Huckleberry_ClassicGK_020" alt="outdoor kitchen with tap and sink" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cjWRKmhDiJXhhywLgMkMME.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">Adding a sink is one of the upgrades that makes an outdoor kitchen properly functional, cutting down trips indoors for prep, washing and serving. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Huckleberry)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For more permanent setups, it makes more sense to install a small dedicated water heater closer to the outdoor kitchen itself. Compact under-counter electric water heaters are commonly used for this and can usually sit inside weatherproof cabinetry, provided they are properly protected from moisture and freezing temperatures. Outdoor-rated tankless water heaters are another option in warmer climates, although these require careful installation and frost protection in colder regions.</p><p>Drainage is equally important, and often more complicated than you might expect. Wastewater needs sufficient fall so it can drain away naturally rather than sitting stagnant in the pipework. As a general rule, drainage pipes need a slight downward gradient running away from the sink towards the main waste connection.</p><p>Where that waste ultimately goes depends on the setup:</p><p>• The best solution is usually tying into the home’s existing drainage system.</p><p>• Smaller or more occasional-use sinks may be able to drain into a dedicated soakaway or dry well, depending on local regulations.</p><p>• Temporary setups sometimes use greywater collection tanks, although these need emptying regularly.</p><p>Poor drainage planning is one of the quickest ways to create long-term issues outdoors, from unpleasant smells to standing water and winter freezing problems. That is why plumbing works best when considered early alongside the wider landscaping and utility plans, rather than treated as a late-stage add-on.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-to-plan-the-gas-and-fuel"><span>How To Plan The Gas and Fuel</span></h3><p>Fuel choice should also be decided early because it directly affects infrastructure requirements. Natural gas offers convenience and lower running costs, particularly for built-in grills and larger cooking setups, but it requires permanent gas lines installed by a licensed professional. Propane provides more flexibility because appliances are not tied to fixed pipework, although tank storage needs to be factored into the design.</p><p>If you are installing multiple high-output appliances – for example a grill alongside side burners, gas firepit or pizza oven – the gas supply needs to be properly calculated from the outset. Gas lines that are too small are a surprisingly common issue in outdoor kitchens and can restrict flow, leading to poor appliance performance and inconsistent heat levels. For safety, accessible shut-off valves should be included within easy reach of cooking zones.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-to-plan-the-electrics"><span>How To Plan The Electrics</span></h3><p>Even relatively simple outdoor kitchens now depend heavily on electricity, and extension reels are an eyesore your shiny new outdoor kitchen really doesn’t need. Once refrigeration, lighting, charging points, AV equipment, and heating enter the picture, plenty of easily accessible power becomes essential. </p><p>Outlets should be outdoor-rated and sit conveniently near prep areas but away from direct heat and water exposure. As a rough guide, planning one outlet every 4–6 feet of countertop space will mean extension leads can be banished.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-don-t-underestimate-the-groundworks"><span>Don’t Underestimate the Groundworks</span></h3><p>Outdoor kitchens are heavy. Stone countertops, grills, appliances, and cabinetry place serious demands on whatever sits beneath them. Concrete slabs remain the most reliable foundation for permanent kitchens, although reinforced decking can sometimes work for lighter modular setups. Existing patios may be suitable, but only if they are structurally sound and properly supported. Drainage also needs careful consideration here. Water pooling beneath cabinetry or around utility connections will shorten the lifespan of both materials and appliances surprisingly quickly. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-4-style-and-decoration"><span>4. Style and Decoration</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="sVUhFZEorcsp2FvyDdeePE" name="005 AndreaGoldman_Aimee Mazzenga" alt="outdoor kitchen with large cooker hood, grill and island" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sVUhFZEorcsp2FvyDdeePE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">Woven pendants, graphic blue tiling, and pale timber accents give this outdoor kitchen a fresh, coastal feel that still feels clean and contemporary. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Aimee Mazzenga. Project: Andrea Goldman.)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Once the layout and appliances are planned to within an inch of their lives, you can finally get on with fun part: trawling for inspirational <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/spaces/decorating/outdoor-kitchen-ideas-218955"><u>outdoor kitchen ideas</u></a>. The most eye-catching designs are rarely the most elaborate; they are the ones that feel connected to the house, the landscape, and the way the space is used. ‘When we’re designing any outdoor space, we always look at a similar palette to the interior,’ says interior designer <a href="https://andreagoldman.com/our-story/" target="_blank"><u>Andrea Goldman</u></a>. ‘It’s all about cohesion. If outdoor selections could also fit well in the house and look like they belong, we know the design is successful.’</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-popular-outdoor-kitchen-styles"><span>Popular Outdoor Kitchen Styles</span></h3><p>The outdoor kitchens that age best tend to lean on timeless materials, relaxed layering, and a clear sense of place. Some of the most enduring styles include:</p><p><strong>Rustic:</strong> relaxed and informal, often using reclaimed timber, natural stone, textured finishes, and softer planting to create a space that feels evolved over time rather than overly designed.</p><p><strong>Cabana-style: </strong>inspired by resort living, these kitchens usually sit beneath a covered structure with integrated seating, layered lighting, and a stronger connection to pools or lounging areas.</p><p><strong>Hamptons: </strong>bright, coastal, and polished, typically combining painted cabinetry, marble-look surfaces, shaker detailing, and softer blue, white, and sandy tones.</p><p><strong>Contemporary: </strong>cleaner-lined and more architectural, often featuring porcelain, stainless steel, concrete, and integrated appliances for a streamlined look.</p><p><strong>Mediterranean:</strong> warmer and more relaxed, with rendered walls, terracotta, timber pergolas, olive trees, and tactile natural materials helping soften the kitchen into the landscape.</p><p>Whatever direction you take, restraint is usually what keeps the space feeling current long-term. Avoid heavily trend-led outdoor kitchen colors, overly themed styling, or novelty finishes and accessories. ‘We never get too trendy with certain design choices. With indoor or outdoor designs, trendy selections can lead to a space feeling dated over time,’ says Andrea. </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-choose-weatherproof-materials"><span>Choose Weatherproof Materials</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="F9nPm3zESoTbFTnTiebT9J" name="005a Brandon Architects_ChelseaCorinne" alt="outdoor kitchen with pool" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F9nPm3zESoTbFTnTiebT9J.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">A roof helps protect appliances, worktops and seating from sun, rain and year-round weather exposure. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Charlotte Lea. Project: Brandon Architects.)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Outdoor kitchens have to cope with far more than indoor ones – rain, UV exposure, grease, dirt, fluctuating temperatures, and moisture all take their toll over time. The best outdoor cabinet materials are low-maintenance and resistant to the elements. Plain or power-coated steel, outdoor-grade composite panels, and well-sealed hardwoods perform well. If wood is your thing, go for naturally oily timbers like teak and iroko. In more rustic or architectural schemes, it can also make sense to build the main structure from brick, rendered blockwork, or stone. </p><p>The inside of cabinets deserves just as much thought too, especially if you plan to store crockery, utensils, oils, or spices outdoors year-round. Moisture build-up is one of the biggest causes of mold and deterioration, so some higher-end outdoor kitchens include stainless steel-lined interiors or ventilation panels that allow the cabinetry to breathe. A simpler solution is storing more vulnerable items in airtight containers.</p><p><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/kitchens/what-are-the-best-countertops-for-an-outdoor-kitchen"><u>Outdoor countertops</u></a> arguably work hardest of all because they take the full force of the weather. If your outdoor kitchen sits fully exposed, horizontal surfaces will constantly deal with standing water, dirt, grease, and direct sunlight. Drainage channels or slight surface gradients will prevent water pooling after a downpour.</p><p>‘Stay away countertops made from anything porous and unsealed, like marble and wood, that can split, rot, or harbor bacteria,’ says  <a href="http://bambialynn.com/"><u>Bambi A’Lynn Bratton</u></a>. ‘You should also avoid any materials with resins that can’t withstand UV (like quartz or laminate) that will discolor, fade, or bubble over time.’</p><p><strong>Popular choices include:</strong></p><p>• Porcelain, for its UV and stain resistance</p><p>• Stainless steel, for a more professional look</p><p>• Well-sealed natural stone like granite, slate or limestone</p><p>• Well-sealed concrete</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-plan-how-you-will-cover-the-area"><span>Plan How You Will Cover the Area</span></h3><p>Whether or not the kitchen sits beneath some form of shelter has a huge influence on longevity, not to mention maintenance. ‘Whenever possible, we want to cover the outdoor kitchen. It helps preserve the finishes, and it's easier to keep it clean,’ says Brandon Linsday, principal architect, <a href="https://www.brandonarchitects.com/our-story" target="_blank"><u>Brandon Architects</u></a>. </p><p>Covered outdoor kitchens generally feel more comfortable and usable for longer stretches of the year too, offering protection from strong sun, rain, and falling debris while helping appliances and cabinetry last longer. They also create opportunities for layered lighting, ceiling-mounted heating, and more integrated seating areas, making the whole space feel far more comfortable, like a living room that happens to be outdoors.</p><p>The trade-off is that covered kitchens require more careful planning around ventilation and appliance placement, particularly when powerful grills or pizza ovens sit beneath permanent structures.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-add-in-details-that-will-elevate-the-space"><span>Add In Details That Will Elevate the Space</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:83.33%;"><img id="5Qes6Ty3qTAuLD6JwcTdMJ" name="007a Brandon Architects ChelseaCorinne_CDM_6.27.25_CLea-31" alt="outdoor kitchen with pizza oven, rotisserie and green egg" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5Qes6Ty3qTAuLD6JwcTdMJ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2400" height="2000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">This smart setup includes a Santa Maria grill, pizza oven and Green Egg for serious outdoor cooking enthusiasts. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Charlotte Lea. Brandon Architects.)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Obviously, you can make an outdoor kitchen look more luxurious by investing in high-quality materials and a grill that costs more than the average family car. But a high-end look can also be achieved far more cleverly through thoughtful lighting, cohesive materials, strong landscaping, and details that make the space feel properly integrated, not randomly put together. ‘When designing for the outdoors, I never sacrifice function. But it’s easy to add beauty into an otherwise practical space through elements like delicate cabinet hardware, vintage furniture, and elegant light fixtures,’ adds Bambi A’Lynn Bratton.</p><p><strong>These are the details that will add luxury to your outdoor space:</strong></p><p>• Integrated appliances rather than visibly freestanding units</p><p>• Consistent materials that tie back to the house</p><p>• Layered lighting instead of a single overhead fixture</p><p>• Warm natural textures to soften harder surfaces</p><p>• Planting used to frame and soften the kitchen area</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-light-an-outdoor-kitchen-like-an-indoor-one"><span>Light An Outdoor Kitchen Like An Indoor One</span></h3><p><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/spaces/decorating/garden-lighting-ideas-212336"><u>Outdoor kitchen lighting</u></a> works best when it’s layered like an indoor scheme – combining practical task lighting with softer ambient glow. The aim is to make cooking easy after dark while still keeping the space relaxed and inviting for dining and entertaining.<strong> </strong></p><p><strong>Start with the essentials:</strong></p><p>• Add task lighting above grills, prep stations and serving areas</p><p>• Use under-cabinet or bar LED strips to reduce shadows on worktops</p><p>• Hang rechargeable or solar pendants above islands and counters</p><p>• Drape festoon lights across pergolas or dining zones for broader coverage</p><p>• Use lanterns or low-level lighting to guide paths, steps and transitions between spaces </p><p>‘Build in ambient and decorative lighting to make the space inviting,’ says Claire Bassett, head of product at <a href="https://www.lights4fun.co.uk/" target="_blank"><u>Lights4fun</u></a>.<em><strong> </strong></em>‘Festoon lights, solar table lamps or LED candles can soften the look while helping define different zones.’</p><p>Smaller finishing touches make a big difference too. Tea lights, pillar candles, and pre-lit garlands instantly warm up dining tables and help the space feel less functional and more like an outdoor room you’ll genuinely want to spend time in after sunset.</p><p>‘To finish the look, bring in softer, low-level lighting,’ adds Claire. ‘Lanterns are ideal for illuminating darker corners and can also help guide the way along steps or paths when moving from kitchen to dining spaces.’</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-5-cleaning-storage-and-everyday-use"><span>5. Cleaning, Storage and Everyday Use</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:83.33%;"><img id="AFdyeViugBc7DYnjnyBzyJ" name="006 Regan Baker_SuzannaScott" alt="covered outdoor kitchen and island" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AFdyeViugBc7DYnjnyBzyJ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2400" height="2000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">Storage for outdoor cushions and pool equipment is built discreetly into the rear of this outdoor kitchen. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Suzanna Scott. Project: Regan Baker Design.)</span></figcaption></figure><p>No matter how impressive it looks, if your outdoor kitchen is awkward to clean, lacks storage, or requires constant setup and clearing away, it will quickly start to feel like too much effort. The outdoor kitchens that get used most are usually the ones that feel easy – easy to wipe down, easy to maintain, and easy to cook in without endlessly traipsing back to the house.</p><p>You will need to <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/solved/how-to-clean-an-outdoor-kitchen"><u>clean any outdoor kitchen</u></a>, but you can make it less loathsome by choosing practical materials from the get-go. Smooth, wipeable surfaces that can handle grease, rain, pollen, and general outdoor grime will save a huge amount of maintenance long term. If the kitchen sits fully exposed, protective covers for grills and other appliances are well worth investing in, particularly during winter or wetter months. Even then, most outdoor kitchens benefit from a seasonal refresh once spring arrives to clear away algae, cobwebs, and built-up dirt. Materials that can cope with a decent pressure wash tend to age far better outdoors, while timber and natural stone surfaces will usually need resealing roughly once a year to keep them looking good.</p><p>Storage is equally important, and often underestimated. Without somewhere to keep utensils, servingware, oils, seasonings, and cleaning supplies, outdoor cooking quickly becomes frustrating because every meal involves repeated trips indoors. ‘I always like to include functional cabinetry either side of the grill to make it easy to tuck away tools, accessories and bulky platters,’ says Bambi A’Lynn Bratton.</p><p>The smartest outdoor kitchens treat storage almost like an indoor one, zoning it around how the space is used. Grill tools, gloves, charcoal, and oils should sit close to the cooking area; knives and prep equipment near the prep zone; and crockery, glasses, and cutlery closer to the dining space.</p><p><strong>Things worth planning storage for include:</strong></p><p>Grill tools and utensils</p><p>Outdoor crockery and cutlery</p><p>Serving platters and trays</p><p>Oils, spices, and condiments</p><p>Charcoal or wood storage</p><p>Cleaning supplies</p><p>Outdoor cushions and table linens</p><p>Protective appliance covers</p><p>The best <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/gardens/backyard-storage-ideas-for-small-spaces"><u>backyard storage ideas</u></a> are multifunctional, working harder than simply hiding clutter. Benches and ottomans can conceal cushions and tableware, island overhangs can incorporate log storage, and side tables can double as discreet propane canister covers. In smaller gardens especially, every inch needs to earn its keep. ‘In our most recent outdoor kitchen project, the back of the structure doubles as a pool equipment and storage shed, so everything has a home,’ says Regan Baker, founder, <a href="https://reganbakerdesign.com/studio/" target="_blank"><u>Regan Baker Design</u></a>. ‘When storage is designed around the real rhythms of a household, it becomes indispensable.’</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-6-cost-and-budget-considerations"><span>6. Cost and Budget Considerations</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:83.33%;"><img id="Qu4NmRpeupjR7oXrS6vkfJ" name="007 Foxterra_White Raven - Jeri Koegel (21)" alt="outdoor kitchen with steel and dining furniture" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Qu4NmRpeupjR7oXrS6vkfJ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2400" height="2000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">Grill choices, infrastructure requirements and luxury materials all have a major impact on the final outdoor kitchen budget. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jeri Koegel. Project Foxterra Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Calculating how much an outdoor kitchen costs will depend on how permanent, customized, and infrastructure-heavy the design becomes. At the simpler end of the spectrum, a freestanding grill with prep space and storage might cost a couple of thousand dollars. At the other, a fully integrated outdoor kitchen with bespoke cabinetry, premium appliances, utilities, and a covered structure can rival the cost of an indoor kitchen remodel. </p><p>‘The cost of an outdoor kitchen can easily escalate depending on finishes and appliance selection,’ says architect Brandon Linsday. ‘It’s important to consider how close the outdoor kitchen is to the main kitchen, so you are not paying to duplicate appliances or functions you already have indoors.’</p><p>What catches many homeowners out is not necessarily the big-ticket appliance costs, but everything else around them: utility connections, groundwork, structural support, drainage, and custom fabrication. Distance matters too. The further the outdoor kitchen sits from the house, the more expensive utility runs typically become.</p><p><strong>As a rough guide:</strong></p><p>Basic: $2,000–$8,000</p><p>Mid-range: $8,000–$20,000</p><p>High-end: $20,000–$100,000+</p><p>Outdoor kitchens are expensive enough without making costly mistakes on appliances and materials that are not properly suited to outdoor use. A grill that looks impressive in a store may be frustrating to cook on when entertaining, while the wrong countertop or cabinetry can quickly deteriorate once exposed to rain, UV, grease, and fluctuating temperatures.</p><p>That is why research matters. Outdoor products need to work harder than indoor ones, balancing durability, weather resistance, maintenance, performance, and footprint alongside aesthetics. Before buying, it is worth comparing fuel types, materials, warranties, maintenance requirements, and installation needs carefully – particularly for built-in products that are harder and more expensive to replace later.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-7-common-mistakes-to-avoid"><span>7. Common mistakes to avoid</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="AsRHvjRpQJkMzPxkJwLaJF" name="008 portia fox Chelsea Townhouse Project Designed by Portia Fox, Photographer Credit Richard Pickavence.jpg (70)" alt="outdoor kitchen with dining table" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AsRHvjRpQJkMzPxkJwLaJF.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">Keeping your outdoor kitchen closely connected to the house will help ensure it gets more use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Richard Pickavence. Project: Portia Fox.)</span></figcaption></figure><p>By the time an outdoor kitchen is finished, most mistakes are difficult, and expensive, to undo. And interestingly, the biggest problems are not usually aesthetic. These are the mistakes designers warn against:</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-not-looking-at-the-bigger-picture"><span>Not Looking at the Bigger Picture</span></h3><p>According to Regan Baker, one of the biggest issues is failing to properly integrate the kitchen into the wider outdoor space. ‘The relationship between the outdoor kitchen and everything else – whether that's the pool, the dining area, the indoor kitchen, or the views – determines whether it becomes the heart of the property or somewhere that gets overlooked.’</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-overloading-it-with-luxury-kit"><span>Overloading It With Luxury Kit</span></h3><p>For Hugh Leader-Williams, creative lead at Blakes London, going OTT on the spec is a common rookie error. ‘Clients often want to include every possible appliance, but effective outdoor kitchen design is about focusing on how the space will realistically be used,’ he explains. ‘In most cases, essentials like a fridge and sink add the most day-to-day value, while extra cooking appliances need to justify their footprint through regular use. If something is only needed occasionally, it’s often more practical to rely on the indoor kitchen, helping keep the outdoor space streamlined and functional.’</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-forgetting-how-noisy-appliances-can-be"><span>Forgetting How Noisy Appliances Can Be</span></h3><p>Extractors, refrigeration units, ice makers, and pool equipment can all create background noise that becomes surprisingly intrusive during outdoor dining. The solution is to think carefully about where noisy equipment sits in relation to seating and dining areas, particularly in smaller yards where sound bounces more easily.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-creating-a-space-that-feels-too-exposed"><span>Creating A Space That Feels Too Exposed</span></h3><p>Outdoor kitchens often look beautiful in photos but feel uncomfortable in reality because there is no protection from sun, wind, or rain. If your backyard is in an exposed site, consider shelter early, whether through pergolas, planting, retractable awnings, or natural shade, rather than trying to retrofit it later.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-designing-a-layout-with-no-flexibility"><span>Designing A Layout with No Flexibility</span></h3><p>Outdoor kitchens work best when there’s a balance between fixed elements and adaptable features. ‘Not everything needs to be fixed or over-specified from day one,’ says Natalie Fry, creative director, <a href="https://www.gridthirteen.co.uk/about-us" target="_blank"><u>Grid Thirteen Design Studio</u></a>. ‘When a design is too rigid, it can limit how the kitchen adapts to different types of gathering.’ Portable prep tables, drinks trolleys and freestanding storage can all add flexibility, allowing the space to shift more easily between casual family use and larger gatherings.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-choosing-high-maintenance-countertops"><span>Choosing High-maintenance Countertops</span></h3><p>Countertops work far harder outdoors, dealing with grease, rain, UV exposure and temperature swings year-round. ‘Choosing the right countertop surface is key so that you can do a quick wipedown before and after entertaining,’ says Bambi A’Lynn Bratton. Low-maintenance, weather-resistant materials will keep the space looking better for longer with far less effort.</p><p>The best outdoor kitchens succeed for the same reason any great kitchen does: thoughtful planning, good flow and a layout that genuinely supports how you live. Many of the same principles explored in our guide on <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/kitchens/how-to-design-a-kitchen"><u>how to design a kitchen</u></a> apply outdoors too, and getting those foundations right is what turns an outdoor kitchen into one of the most enjoyable and hard-working spaces in the home.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ How To Design A Kitchen Island – Top Experts Share What Really Matters ]]></title>
                                                                                                                                                                                                <link>https://www.homesandgardens.com/kitchens/how-to-design-a-kitchen-island</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ This is your insider blueprint for getting size, layout, features and flow spot on ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">mbfvUDKfRNfUBdWuthfTNY</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2aVQc4pB8BzUa5A7a8CwZX-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 29 Apr 2026 05:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Wed, 20 May 2026 15:02:53 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Kitchens]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Decor]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Rooms]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ info@lindaclayton.com (Linda Clayton) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Linda Clayton ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PXRLBjSyoVXsLvbKdTt2d9.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Linda graduated from university with a First in Journalism, Film and Broadcasting.&amp;nbsp;Her love for interiors began when she bought her first utter wreck of a home two decades ago, and she realized writing about interiors would make her far happier. She began on a trade title for the kitchen and bathroom industry. She has been working for Homes &amp;amp; Gardens, then sister-brands Livingetc, Country Homes &amp;amp; Interiors and Ideal Home, since 2006, covering all manner of interiors topics, though kitchens and bathrooms are her specialism. The late Mark Wilkinson OBE was (and still is) her all-time design hero.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2aVQc4pB8BzUa5A7a8CwZX-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Drury Design / Photo Margaret Rajic]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[large kitchen with L-shape island and banquette seating/dining]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[large kitchen with L-shape island and banquette seating/dining]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[large kitchen with L-shape island and banquette seating/dining]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2aVQc4pB8BzUa5A7a8CwZX-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>It's no exaggeration to say a kitchen island has the power to make or break your entire space. Yes, it’s a luxury feature, maybe even a status symbol, but a well-executed kitchen island will quickly become the spot where everything happens, from cooking and clearing up to chatting, eating, and generally cracking on with life. Which is why figuring out how to design a kitchen island properly matters more than any other aspect of <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/kitchens/how-to-design-a-kitchen"><u>designing a kitchen</u></a>.</p><p>The catch is there’s no catch-all solution. The shape of your room, how people move through it, and how you want to use it, all influence the outcome. Kitchen island size, layout, and positioning need to work in harmony, and it’s very easy to get greedy and go too big or squeeze in too much, then wonder why the reality of island ownership doesn’t live up to the hype.</p><p>This guide strips it back to what matters with clear, expert-led advice on how to design a kitchen island that earns its place. Covering kitchen island scale, functionality, and finishes, it zeroes in on the decisions that count, helping you narrow things down and make smarter choices. Don’t start planning your next <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/spaces/decorating/kitchen-island-ideas-202887">kitchen island</a> without reading this first.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-1-start-with-the-purpose"><span>1. Start with the Purpose</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:83.33%;"><img id="GkS3SQXq2meS3GdTHDiN3o" name="002. MNG Design_Christine Mueller" alt="white kitchen with island and wood stools" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GkS3SQXq2meS3GdTHDiN3o.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2400" height="2000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">With the sink on the island, this kitchen has the perfect ‘work triangle’ and there still plenty of space either side of the sink for prep. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: MNG Design / photo Christine Mueller)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Before you think about size, finishes, or layout, there’s one decision that matters more than anything else: what is your island really for? The best designers always start here. ‘The first thing I ask is: where do you naturally land when you walk into the kitchen? That tells me everything,’ says Maggie Griesbeck, owner, <a href="https://www.mngdesignllc.com/about" target="_blank"><u>MNG Design</u></a>. ‘If they say “at the island with a coffee”, it becomes a social anchor. If it’s “straight to the sink” or “dumping shopping”, then it’s a working surface.’ </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-let-lifestyle-lead-the-design"><span>Let Lifestyle Lead the Design</span></h3><p>Understanding how you want to live in your kitchen is what shapes the island. ‘How often do you entertain guests? Who washes the dishes?’ are the kinds of questions that matter most,’ says Nicole Spurlock, owner and lead designer, <a href="https://ns-designco.com/about" target="_blank"><u>Nicole Spurlock Design Co</u></a>.</p><p>The answers can completely shift the design. Want to watch the kids in the yard while cleaning up? That might dictate sink placement. Love hosting? The island may become more about seating, storage, and visual impact. ‘The answer that changes everything is when clients admit they don’t actually cook much – suddenly the island stops being about prep and becomes about hosting, storage and presence,’ adds Maggie.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-define-the-primary-function"><span>Define the Primary Function</span></h3><p>Once your lifestyle needs are sussed, you can then identify the primary function of your island, which will, in turn, help you home in on your priorities. ‘Trying to make an island do everything is where most layouts fall apart. A cooktop, sink, seating, and prep space all fighting for the same surface rarely works well,’ says Maggie. ‘I prioritize by asking what absolutely must happen there every day. The key is giving the island a primary role and letting everything else support it, not compete with it.’</p><p><strong>Most islands fall into one (or a combination) of these roles:</strong></p><p>• Prep space: uncluttered surface for cooking, baking, and everyday tasks</p><p>• Cooking and/or cleaning: hob or sink zone </p><p>• Dining/seating: casual meals, entertaining, homework</p><p>• Storage: drawers, appliances, hidden extras</p><p>• Multi-functional hub: a bit of everything (if size allows)</p><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="o4C2esZqdgBoLPeCUrgNrC" name="002a Katie Monkhouse Interior Design_photo Stephanie Russo" alt="kitchen with island with curved end and four stools" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/o4C2esZqdgBoLPeCUrgNrC.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">The generous curved end of this island makes it perfect for serving up drinks and buffet when entertaining. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Katie Monkhouse Interior Design / Photo Stephanie Russo)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s also worth thinking about the secondary roles your island needs to support, as these will impact the specification. For some, it doubles as a home office, which might mean factoring in power outlets and comfortable seating. For others, it’s a hub for arts and crafts or homework, where uninterrupted surface space becomes more important than built-in features. </p><p><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/kitchens/kitchen-island-storage">Kitchen island storage</a> needs can also influence the design – whether that’s space for wine, cookbooks, serving bowls, or even the items you don’t have room for elsewhere. These less obvious uses are often the ones that make an island truly work hard, so it pays to plan for them from the outset.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-2-get-the-size-and-proportions-right"><span>2. Get the Size and Proportions Right</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:83.33%;"><img id="FACMYCN6SqSpSRKLcGfeXe" name="003 Drury-Design_Scullery_Spice-Kitchen_Island_Wolf-Range_Copyright-2026_Photo-Margaret-Rajic" alt="green kitchen with narrow timber island" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FACMYCN6SqSpSRKLcGfeXe.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2400" height="2000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">Wider walkways around the full perimeter of an island are far better than a space-guzzling footprint. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Drury Design/ photo Eric Hausman)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A kitchen island should feel like it belongs in the room, not squeezed in or overpowering everything around it. Getting the size and proportions right is less about maxing out dimensions and more about balance – how the island sits within the space, relates to the cabinetry, and reads as a whole.</p><p>It’s tempting to push the footprint, but bigger isn’t always better. An oversized island can quickly dominate the room and disrupt movement, while a well-scaled design will sit comfortably and work with the flow. In larger kitchens, that might mean a longer, deeper island that properly supports both prep and seating. In smaller spaces, scaling back is often the smarter move – prioritizing clearance and usability over sheer size.</p><p>There are some useful benchmarks:</p><p>• <strong>Minimum size:</strong> around 72–84 inches (1.8–2.1 metres) long x 36 inches (0.9 metres) deep</p><p><strong>• Ideal size:</strong> 96–120 inches (2.4–3 metres) long x 42–48 inches (1.1–1.2 metres) deep to allow prep + seating </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-when-an-island-is-too-big"><span> When an Island is Too Big</span></h3><p>Oversized islands are surprisingly common. ‘You can spot an oversized island immediately – it dominates the room and makes everything else feel like a hallway,’ says Maggie. There’s no strict upper limit on how long an island can be – and in some kitchens, an island can even accommodate the entire kitchen setup – but depth is where restraint helps. As a rule, an island’s depth shouldn’t extend beyond a comfortable arm’s reach to the center; otherwise, simple tasks like wiping it down become tricky. </p><p>If you have the floor space for a larger island footprint but it turns simple trips to the cooktop or sink into a major trek, a <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/kitchens/double-kitchen-islands"><u>double island layout</u></a> can distribute functions more efficiently and improve flow.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-when-an-island-is-too-small"><span>When an Island is Too Small</span></h3><p>On the flip side, undersized islands lack both presence and practicality. ‘Too small and the island feels more like an emergency raft than an intentional part of the kitchen,’ says Nicole Spurlock. If it can’t comfortably handle prep – and you’re left juggling pans, chopping boards, and ingredients – it’s likely undersized.</p><p>You may also find it falls short on storage or seating, limiting how useful it is. In these cases, it’s often better to skip the island altogether and opt for a freestanding butcher’s block or prep table instead. These give you the extra surface you need without compromising flow and can be moved out of the way if you need more floorspace.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-main-kitchen-island-types"><span>The Main Kitchen Island Types</span></h3><p>When plotting out size and proportions, it's worth looking at different kitchen island types and the ways they'll affect how your island functions in the space:</p><p>• <strong>Single island:</strong> The classic – one central block (square or rectangle) handling prep, seating, storage, or a mix. Works in most <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/kitchen-layout-ideas">kitchen layouts</a> if space allows.</p><p>• <strong>Double island: </strong>Two islands, often splitting functions (prep/cooking vs seating/serving). Best in larger kitchens with generous clearances.</p><p>• <strong>Peninsula:</strong> attached on one side, so not technically an ‘island’ but performs similar roles. A strong option in tighter spaces where full circulation isn’t possible.</p><p>• <strong>Freestanding island: </strong>More like a piece of furniture – a worktable or butcher’s block. Lighter, more flexible, and easier to fit in <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/spaces/decorating/small-kitchen-ideas-208328">small kitchens</a>.</p><p>• <strong>L-shaped island: </strong>Extends at one end to create more surface and a natural divide between working and social zones.</p><p>• <strong>U-shaped island: </strong>Wraps around to form a more enclosed hub with maximum surface and storage – needs plenty of space to avoid obstruction.</p><p>• <strong>Split-level island: </strong>Two heights, typically to bring seating down to table level or zone different uses.</p><p>• <strong>Curved or shaped island: </strong>Softens the look, improves flow, and can make larger islands feel less dominant.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-test-before-you-commit"><span>Test Before You Commit</span></h3><p>If you’re still worried about the shape or scale of your island, the simplest solution is to do a mock-up before you green-light construction. This can be done by taping out the island footprint on the floor (and any perimeter cabinets), or you could build it up with cardboard boxes or a couple of tables to get a clearer picture. ‘Viewing the dimensions in person, rather than on paper, can bring to life any doubts you may have had about its size and scale in relation to the overall dimensions of the room,’ says Maggie. ‘The fix may mean reducing the island by eight inches, sometimes it means removing seating. It’s about visual weight as much as measurements.’</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-plan-your-layout-and-clearances"><span>3. Plan Your Layout and Clearances</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:83.33%;"><img id="rAQvwLFJJW5tkrAaTH6kzf" name="004 Adina Hall Design Photography by Tony Fiorito 12-print-927-madison-st" alt="kitchen with timber island and checked floor tiles" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rAQvwLFJJW5tkrAaTH6kzf.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2400" height="2000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s essential that entrance and exit points are not obstructed by an island. If you can’t achieve generous, easy circulation, rethink your layout. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Adina Hall Design / Photo Tony Fiorito)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Getting the size and shape of your island right is also closely tied to the overall <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/kitchens/kitchen-island-layouts">kitchen island layout</a> – specifically, the space between the island and adjacent cabinets/walls. It’s not just about the footprint it occupies, but the clearance needed for walkways, appliance doors, and people to move comfortably through the space.</p><p><strong>These are the recommended walkway clearances around an island:</strong></p><p>• 36 inches (3 feet / 0.9 metres): absolute minimum<br>• 42 inches (3.5 feet / 1.07 metres): comfortable for one cook<br>• 48 inches (4 feet / 1.2 metres): ideal for busy, multi-user kitchens </p><p>There is some flexibility in low-traffic zones. You can tighten clearances to around 35 inches (2.9 feet / 0.9 metres) in certain situations, such as where an island runs alongside a solid wall. But avoid this anywhere appliance doors are in use – ovens, dishwashers, and fridges all need room to open fully. It’s also important to factor in seating: stools will pull out into the walkway, so what looks generous on plan can quickly feel cramped once bums are on seats.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-plan-for-movement-not-just-measurements"><span>Plan for Movement, not Just Measurements</span></h3><p>Good layout goes beyond numbers. It’s about how people move through the space. ‘I design around movement patterns, not just measurements,’ says Maggie. ‘I’ll often map out routes through the space and make sure the island isn’t sitting in the middle of a thoroughfare,’ she explains.</p><p><strong>Think about:</strong></p><p>• Routes between key appliances (fridge, sink, range)</p><p>• Walkways to adjacent rooms/external doors/pantries</p><p>• Family “cut-through” traffic</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-common-kitchen-layouts-with-an-island"><span>Common Kitchen Layouts with an Island</span></h3><p>Not every layout supports an island in the same way, so it’s worth understanding how it fits into the overall plan.</p><p><strong>• L-shaped kitchens:</strong> One of the most flexible options. An island can sit opposite the cabinetry, creating an efficient work triangle while leaving plenty of room for circulation.</p><p><strong>• U-shaped kitchens:</strong> Islands can work well here if the room is wide enough, often acting as a fourth side. Careful spacing is key to avoiding the cooking space feeling enclosed.</p><p><strong>• Galley kitchens:</strong> Typically better suited to a peninsula or slim prep table.</p><p><strong>• Open-plan kitchens:</strong> Islands come into their own, helping to zone cooking, dining, and living areas while maintaining a sense of connection.</p><p><strong>• One-wall kitchen with parallel island: </strong>Popular in open-plan living.<strong> </strong>Keep the space between the two generous – otherwise the island can trap you in a narrow galley-like run.</p><p>Again there's no one-stop solution that works for all. ‘When designing in islands, I like to consider family routines and habits as much as aesthetics,’ says Nicole Spurlock. ‘That might mean aligning the island with a pantry entrance, allowing multiple access points to the refrigerator, or even adjusting the island’s orientation so it follows the natural direction of the room.’ </p><p>The goal is to prevent the island’s size, shape, or position from creating bottlenecks in your layout. That might mean shaving a few inches off the length, softening corners, or even shifting it slightly off-center in the layout so movement feels natural and uninterrupted.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-4-decide-what-to-include-and-what-to-leave-out"><span>4. Decide What to Include (and What to Leave Out)</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:83.33%;"><img id="X5wmx6RZuMvGbScBTGyHzn" name="005 Properhouse 251114__OldForest_009Jake Dunderdale Photo stylist Gabrielle Langdon" alt="white kitchen with four bar stools" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/X5wmx6RZuMvGbScBTGyHzn.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2400" height="2000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">Unless you have plenty of room to manoeuvre, it’s best not to overload your island. A clear surface is far more useful. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Proper House Design / Photo Jake Dunderdale / Stylist Gabrielle Langdon)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Designing a kitchen island is often an exercise in restraint. It’s tempting to load it with every possible function – sink, cooktop, seating, storage, appliances – but the most successful islands are usually the most edited. ‘The more you load into the island, the less usable it becomes for any one task. A fully loaded island can look impressive on paper, but in daily life it can feel crowded and less intuitive to use,’ explains Gladys Schanstra, creative director, <a href="https://www.drurydesigns.com/designers/gladys-schanstra/" target="_blank"><u>Drury Design</u></a>. </p><p>Even if you have space for a generous island, loading it with everything – including the <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/kitchen-sink-ideas">kitchen sink</a> – rarely leads to the most efficient layout. It can dilute its purpose and leave the rest of your cabinetry underused. Deciding what to include should always come back to its primary role. Is it a prep surface, a wash zone, a social hub, or a cooking station? Trying to make it all things at once is where islands turn to chaos.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-you-include-a-sink-on-an-island"><span>Should You Include a Sink on an Island?</span></h3><p>Unless there are no better options, most designers advise against hosting the main sink in an island. ‘You end up with dirty dishes, water, and a general mess right where people are sitting and interacting, and it's often in view of the dining table of an open plan. It detracts from that clean, welcoming feel,’ explains Terri Brien, principal designer, <a href="https://terribrieninteriors.com/about" target="_blank"><u>Terri Brien Interiors</u></a>. </p><p>However, few regret making space for a small prep sink. Positioned off to one side of the island, it allows for rinsing, chopping, and hand washing without dominating the surface or interrupting social space. It also keeps the main cleanup zone – and the mess that comes with it – on the perimeter, leaving the island feeling calmer and clearer. </p><p>‘If the island does house the main sink, then you should always pair it with the trash pull-out and dishwasher on either side of the sink so that clearing up is a smooth, quick process,’ adds Adina Hall, principal, <a href="https://www.adinahall.com/about-best-chicago-interior-designers"><u>Adina Hall Design</u></a>.</p><p><strong>Best for:</strong> prep-heavy kitchens, frequent cooking<br><strong>Avoid if:</strong> the island doubles as a social or entertaining space</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-you-include-a-cooktop-on-an-island"><span>Should You Include a Cooktop on an Island?</span></h3><p>Placing a cooktop on the island can transform how you use the space. It allows you to face guests while cooking – a major plus for open-plan living. But again, it does require sufficient space on either side for pans and prep, as well as a safe distance from any seating. </p><p>It also brings ventilation into play. Downdraft or venting hobs can draw steam and odors downwards, avoiding the need for an overhead hood and keeping sightlines clear. However, they don’t perform as well as traditional extraction – particularly if you cook or sear at high temperatures. ‘We do not recommend cooktops on islands as updraft ventilation is best and it obstructs the view and can be dangerous if seating proximity is too close,’ confirms Nadia Subaran, principal/senior designer, <a href="https://aidandesign.com/about-us/"><u>Aidan Design</u></a>. </p><p><strong>Best for:</strong> sociable cooks, large islands with space to separate zones<br><strong>Avoid if:</strong> space is tight, or seating is close by</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-you-include-seating-around-an-island"><span>Should You Include Seating Around an Island?</span></h3><p><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/kitchens/bar-stools">Bar stools</a> are what turn an island into the hub of your home – a place for family breakfasts, after-school snacks, coffee catchups, and keeping the cook company. <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/kitchens/kitchen-island-seating-ideas">Island seating</a> is one of the easiest ways to shift the area from purely functional to properly sociable.</p><p>While most islands can accommodate a couple of stools, four or more comfortable stools designed for lingering longer will take up valuable space, both on the island itself and the area around it. ‘I tend to have the kitchen “workers” on one side of the island and then stools for the "gatherers" on the other,’ says Kellie Reynolds, principal/owner, <a href="https://www.smith-reynolds.com/" target="_blank"><u>Smith Reynolds Interiors</u></a>. ‘Above all, never put stools where someone might be cooking, prepping or washing dishes.’</p><p><strong>Best for:</strong> families, casual dining, open-plan kitchens where the island acts as a social hub<br><strong>Avoid if:</strong> space is tight, or it interferes with key prep, cooking, or circulation zones</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-you-include-storage-in-an-island"><span>Should You Include Storage in an Island?</span></h3><p><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/kitchens/kitchen-island-storage">Storage</a> is where an island can really prove its worth, especially in kitchens without upper cabinets or the luxury of a pantry. Deep drawers for pots and pans, pull-outs for bins or recycling, and dedicated space for cookware, linens, or serveware can all help relieve pressure on perimeter cabinets and keep everything within easy reach.</p><p>That said, it’s wise to keep storage simple. ‘The one item that everyone THINKS they want in their island, but I strongly advise against is a mixer lift. They use space poorly,’ says Cara Mihaliak, kitchen designer, <a href="https://www.deancabinetry.com/about/" target="_blank"><u>Dean Cabinetry</u></a>. <strong> </strong></p><p><strong>Best for:</strong> kitchens short on storage, keen cooks who want everything to hand<br><strong>Avoid if:</strong> it compromises legroom for seating or space for built-in appliances</p><p>The take-home is to be selective and focus on your priorities, especially if you’re juggling space. ‘Just because you can put everything on the island doesn’t mean you should. Once you overload it, it stops functioning well and starts feeling cluttered,’ says Terri Brien of <a href="https://terribrieninteriors.com/about" target="_blank"><u>Terri Brien Interiors</u></a>.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-5-design-seating-properly"><span>5. Design Seating Properly</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:83.33%;"><img id="auN3Yj67thAunND5PP3KSh" name="005 Drury-Design_Copyright-2026_Timeless_Transitionaol_Kitchen_Island_Sink_Island_Range_Table_Photo-Eric-Hausman" alt="white kitchen with black stools" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/auN3Yj67thAunND5PP3KSh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2400" height="2000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">Don’t cram in extra stools – two with space to sit and move easily will always beat three squeezed in. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Drury Design/ photo Eric Hausman)</span></figcaption></figure><p><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/kitchens/kitchen-island-seating-ideas"><u>Island seating</u></a> looks effortless in photos, but it’s one of the most technical parts of any island design. Get the dimensions wrong, and seating can quickly become uncomfortable, cramped, or disrupt the kitchen’s flow.</p><p><strong>These are the tried-and-tested seating stats designers rely on:</strong></p><p><strong>Overhang depth:</strong><br>•  Minimum: 12 inches (1 ft / 0.3 metres)<br>•  Ideal: 14–16 inches (1.2–1.3 ft / 0.35–0.4 metres) for comfort</p><p><strong>Width per person:</strong><br>•  24 inches (2 ft / 0.6 metres) ) minimum<br>•  30 inches (2.5 ft / 0.75 metres) for a more generous feel</p><p><strong>Counter height:</strong><br>• 36 inches (3 ft / 0.9 metres), paired with counter-height stools</p><p><strong>Clearance behind stools:</strong><br>• 36 inches (3 feet / 0.9 metres) minimum<br>• 42–48 inches (3.5–4 ft / 1.07–1.2 metres) ideal for easy circulation</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-you-choose-one-sided-or-wraparound-seating"><span>Should You Choose One Sided or Wraparound Seating?</span></h3><p>A straight run of seating along one side of the island is the most common approach, and for good reason. ‘It keeps circulation cleaner and makes the island feel more intentional. When seating wraps around corners, it generally feels a bit crowded unless you have particularly wide walkways, more than the standard 36inch clearance. It also tends to interrupt the workflow more than people expect,’ explains Terri Brien.</p><p>If you have plenty of space to play with, seating that wraps around a corner or even on three sides at one end, allows people to face each other dining table style rather than sitting in an antisocial line-up. </p><p>Designers are increasingly leaning into these more conversational arrangements, particularly in kitchens designed for entertaining. ‘One of our favorite design solutions is to place island seating so people aren’t sitting in a row, but rather facing each other, where they can maintain eye contact while chatting,’ says Bob Zuber, partner, <a href="https://www.morgantewilson.com/" target="_blank"><u>Morgante Wilson Architects</u></a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:83.33%;"><img id="j6LSMF2gW2SnxUxHoGgPDe" name="005a Morgante Wilson_Island with Built In Banquette_Photo Credit Mike Schwartz" alt="island with built in banquette" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/j6LSMF2gW2SnxUxHoGgPDe.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2400" height="2000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">A built-in banquette brings dining down to table height, which is best for comfort, longer meals and easy access. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Morgante Wilson / Photo Mike Schwartz)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-you-choose-banquette-or-split-level-seating"><span>Should You Choose Banquette or Split-Level Seating?</span></h3><p>If you want your island to feel more like a place to sit and stay awhile, it’s worth looking beyond the standard line-up of bar stools. Built-in <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/banquette-seating-ideas"><u>banquette seating</u></a> or a drop-down dining section can soften the look of an island and make it far more comfortable for longer stretches, whether that’s dinner, homework, or a proper catch-up over coffee.</p><p>A banquette works particularly well at one end of the island, creating a more enclosed, sociable spot that feels closer to a dining table than a breakfast bar. It’s also a smart way to maximize seating without increasing the island’s footprint, especially in open-plan spaces where you want clearer zoning.</p><p>Drop-down or split-level islands take a similar approach, but with freestanding dining chairs. By lowering part of the worktop to standard table height, you create a more relaxed, accessible seating area that’s better suited to children, older family members or anyone who can’t handle climbing onto a stool. It also visually breaks up a large island, which can help it feel less monolithic.<strong> </strong></p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-layout-vs-workflow"><span>Layout vs. Workflow</span></h3><p>Whichever seating configuration you choose, placement is just as important as quantity. To make island seating work seamlessly, keep these key principles in mind:</p><p>• <strong>Separate work and social zones</strong>: Position seating away from prep, cooking, and cleanup areas so the island can function without interruption</p><p>• <strong>Allow for movement behind stools</strong>: Stools need space to pull out, and people need to pass behind them comfortably without squeezing</p><p>• <strong>Check appliance access</strong>: Make sure ovens, dishwashers, and fridge doors can open fully without clashing with seated guests</p><p>• <strong>Keep clear of messy zones</strong>: If your island includes a sink, avoid placing seating in the splash zone to keep things comfortable and clean</p><p>• <strong>Be mindful of cooktops</strong>: Seating too close to a cooktop can be unsafe, with heat, steam, and splatter all in play – allow a generous distance or avoid the combination altogether</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-6-choose-materials-and-finishes"><span>6. Choose Materials and Finishes</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="WkMkqTqnTp8PobZ82UiG7A" name="006 Meredith Owen Interiors 3_Molly Culver" alt="grey kitchen with marble island and checked flooring" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WkMkqTqnTp8PobZ82UiG7A.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">A waterfall edge really emphasizes beautiful veining on this small but perfectly formed island. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Meredith Owen Interiors / Molly Culver)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When it comes to kitchen islands, materials need to work hard. This is often the most used surface in your home – prep station, dining table, homework desk, and social hub all rolled into one. Looks matter, but performance matters more, especially in busy homes.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-island-countertops"><span>Island Countertops</span></h3><p>To choose well, be honest about your tolerance for wear and tear – will every scratch wind you up, or can you roll with it? ‘The key is understanding how each <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/kitchen-countertop-ideas">kitchen countertop material</a> performs in real life, not just how it looks on day one,’ says Gladys Schanstra of Drury Design. ‘Some people want a really robust, low maintenance manmade surface that looks untouched forever. Others are looking for a natural surface that develops character over time.’ Work out which camp you’re in before getting distracted by colors and styles. </p><p>• <strong>Marble:</strong> Beautiful and characterful, but will etch and stain over time. Best suited to those who embrace patina rather than perfection.</p><p>• <strong>Quartzite:</strong> Offers the impact of marble with greater durability and resistance to staining. Usually more expensive.</p><p>• <strong>Granite: </strong>Hardwearing, and more forgiving (on stains, and your budget), though typically with a busier/dark pattern that doesn’t suit every scheme.</p><p>• <strong>Porcelain:</strong> Increasingly popular for its resilience. Highly resistant to heat, stains, and scratches, making it ideal for busy kitchens or keen cooks. </p><p>• <strong>Composite surfaces:</strong> Low-maintenance, repairable and consistent in appearance, but can be sensitive to high-heat, so not always ideal for heavy cooking zones.</p><p>• <strong>Alternative materials</strong> (stainless steel, microcement, butcher block): More design-led choices that can work beautifully when matched to the right lifestyle, from professional-level durability to warmer, more tactile prep surfaces.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:83.33%;"><img id="ZXpi7hnymXWQAPiL5uRjUZ" name="006a Aidan Design Carnegie, photo by Robert Radifera" alt="white kitchen with wood floors" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZXpi7hnymXWQAPiL5uRjUZ.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2400" height="2000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">A brass foot rails is a stylish way to protect island cabinetry from kicks and scuffs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Aidan Design / Photo Robert Radifera)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-island-cabinets"><span>Island Cabinets</span></h3><p>Island cabinetry takes more wear than almost any other part of the kitchen, particularly around seating where feet, shoes, spills, and constant contact can quickly take their toll. As a result, durability needs to be built in from the outset, not just in the finish, but in the materials, construction, and detailing.</p><p>A robust, machine-applied finish will generally outperform hand-painted timber, especially on high-contact areas like the seating side. ‘It needs to be a well-sealed, durable finish, especially with an overhang with seating,’ explains Tyson Ness, founder of <a href="https://www.studionessnyc.com/about" target="_blank"><u>Studio Ness</u></a>. Matte and satin finishes tend to be more forgiving than high-gloss, while darker tones and natural wood grains can help disguise scuffs and everyday wear.</p><p>It’s also worth thinking about how the cabinetry is detailed. Flat slab doors are easier to wipe down, while heavily profiled fronts and intricate moldings can trap dirt and show damage more readily. On the seating side, consider protective elements such as recessed plinths, metal foot rails, or tile panels, which can all help reduce direct impact from stools and feet.</p><p>That doesn’t mean it can’t be decorative. In fact, the island is often the perfect place to introduce contrast, whether through a different paint color, timber finish, or added detailing. ‘I like to play around with bringing in a different color or wood stain on the island cabinets. This makes the island feel more like its own furniture piece,’ says Kellie Reynolds of Smith Reynolds Interiors.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-where-you-can-go-wrong"><span>Where You Can Go Wrong</span></h3><p>Most material mistakes come down to choosing with your eyes, not your lifestyle. The island is the hardest-working surface in the kitchen, so anything that can’t handle heat, spills, and constant use will quickly become a frustration rather than a feature. ‘Regret usually comes down to a mismatch between expectations and reality,’ says Gladys Schanstra of Drury Design.</p><p><strong>To avoid that, check your choices against your lifestyle:</strong></p><p>• <strong>If you cook a lot:</strong> Avoid heat-sensitive surfaces or anything that marks easily – you’ll be constantly managing it.</p><p>• <strong>If you have young kids:</strong> Skip high-gloss or dark, polished finishes that show every fingerprint, splash, and scuff.</p><p>• <strong>If you entertain often:</strong> Be wary of delicate materials around seating areas – drinks, spills, and general wear are inevitable.</p><p>• <strong>If you want a pristine look:</strong> Choose low-maintenance materials like porcelain or engineered surfaces rather than natural stone that will age and change.</p><p>• <strong>If you love natural materials:</strong> Go in with eyes open – patina, marks, and variation are part of the appeal, not flaws.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-7-consider-lighting-and-electrics"><span>7. Consider Lighting and Electrics</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:83.33%;"><img id="oMXRkqd6qvY7bLx579pKVC" name="007 Properhouse IMG_3467Jake Dunderdale Photo stylist Gabrielle Langdon" alt="timber kitchen with marble worktops and island" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oMXRkqd6qvY7bLx579pKVC.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2400" height="2000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">Oversized pendants anchor the island visually, bringing a softer, more decorative feel while helping to define it as the room’s focal point. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Proper House Design / Photo Jake Dunderdale / Stylist Gabrielle Langdon)</span></figcaption></figure><p><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/Kitchen-island-lighting-ideas"><u>Kitchen island lighting</u></a> and electrics are often treated as finishing touches, but they play a central role in how an island works. It’s not just about throwing up some statement pendants – it’s about ensuring the surface is usable, properly powered, and appropriately lit from day to night.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-layer-in-lighting"><span>Layer in Lighting</span></h3><p><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/kitchens/kitchen-pendant-lighting-ideas">Kitchen pendant lights</a> may take center stage visually, but they shouldn’t be doing all the work. A well-lit island relies on a layered approach, with brighter recessed lighting providing the primary illumination for prep and task areas – ensuring there are no shadows where you’re chopping, cooking, or cleaning.</p><p>Pendants then come into their own as a secondary layer, adding a softer, more focused pool of light. Positioned lower than ceiling lights, they naturally create a more intimate atmosphere, making them better suited to seating or dining zones than high-function prep areas. They don’t need to be evenly spaced, but they do need to be positioned with purpose – responding to how the island is used.</p><p>For a more relaxed, design-led feel, consider incorporating portable lighting too. A small table lamp on the island is an increasingly popular choice, bringing warmth and a sense of informality, particularly in open-plan spaces.</p><p>Whatever combination you choose, make sure all island lighting is on separate circuits and fully dimmable, so you can shift easily from bright task lighting to a softer, more ambient glow.</p><p><strong>A few guiding pendant principles:</strong></p><p>• <strong>Rethink symmetry</strong>: Perfectly spaced rows can feel formulaic – consider offset groupings, two larger pendants, or a single statement piece</p><p>• <strong>Work within the island length</strong>: As a guide, keep the overall grouping within around two-thirds of the island length so it feels balanced rather than stretched edge to edge</p><p>• <strong>Work with scale</strong>: Spacing and number should respond to the size of the island and the size/format of the fittings themselves, so there’s no fixed rule</p><p>• <strong>Avoid visual clutter</strong>: Too many pendants can quickly feel busy, especially in open-plan spaces, fewer, better-placed fittings tend to look more stylish</p><p>•  <strong>Hang at the right height</strong>: Position pendants 30–36 inches (2.5–3 ft / 0.75–0.9 meters) above the countertop so they provide useful light without interrupting sightlines</p><p>Hilary Greenhalgh, principal designer at <a href="https://properhousedesign.com/studio" target="_blank"><u>Proper House Design</u></a>, has two rules of thumb for positioning pendants, depending on the size of the island. ‘For larger islands, I make the spacing from the edge of one light to the end half of the space between the pendants. I aim for no more than 30 inches between pendants, so the number of pendants will come down to the size of the island,’ she says. ‘For smaller islands, I place the edge of the pendant no more than 7-10 inches from the edge of the island and then I use the same spacing rule for space between the pendants and how many to use.’</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-power-sockets-plan-early-hide-well"><span>Power Sockets: Plan Early, Hide Well </span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:83.33%;"><img id="33ap24qgAUjMmCzevXRqcS" name="007a Drury-Design_Copyright_2026_new-kitchen-fresh-start-kitchen-island-under-counter-view_Photo-Joe-Coffey" alt="close up of island with socket on the corner" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/33ap24qgAUjMmCzevXRqcS.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2400" height="2000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">Tucked under the overhang and color-matched, these sockets keep devices charged without spoiling the look. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Drury Design / Photo Joe Coffey)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Beyond those needed for integrated appliances, it’s easy to underestimate how much power you’ll use at an island, but from stick blenders and coffee grinders to laptops, phones, and everything in between, you’ll end up reaching for sockets far more often than you expect.</p><p>The mistake is treating sockets as an afterthought. Nothing undermines a beautifully designed island faster than visible outlets scattered across the most prominent face. Save future heartache and do not place them on the side you see first when entering the room. Instead, tuck sockets beneath an overhang on the seating side, and/or just beneath the surface on the working side. Pop-up outlets can be a neat solution – just make sure you invest in good-quality versions that operate smoothly and sit flush when closed, so they don’t become a crumb trap.</p><p>‘Integrated charging drawers are super useful, especially for families with kids and prevent trailing cables powering up devices from littering your island,’ adds Yvonne Harty, principal designer, <a href="https://www.hartyinteriors.com/about" target="_blank"><u>Harty Interiors</u></a>.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-8-common-kitchen-island-design-mistakes"><span>8. Common Kitchen Island Design Mistakes</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:83.33%;"><img id="othZJb3Uz6ukDeDH6ugfhf" name="008 Lark Interiors, Photography credit- 3Nathan Schroder Photography" alt="wood kitchen with tiled island and two dining sets" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/othZJb3Uz6ukDeDH6ugfhf.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2400" height="2000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">A tiled island front adds pattern and texture, turning a hardworking surface into a standout design feature. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Lark Interiors / Photo Nathan Schroder )</span></figcaption></figure><p>Swerving these common pitfalls like the plague will put you firmly on the right track.</p><p><strong>Blocking flow and poor clearance</strong></p><p>The biggest issue is not allocating enough space around the island. ‘If the walkways are tight, EVERYTHING becomes difficult. The kitchen feels smaller and cramped, even if you have a large floor plan,’ says Danny Niemela, vice president, <a href="https://ardanconstruction.com/about-ardan-construction/" target="_blank"><u>ArDan Construction</u></a>. </p><p><strong>Oversizing the island</strong></p><p>Bigger isn’t always better. Islands often end up slightly oversized, which can throw off the balance of the room and make everyday tasks less comfortable. ‘Islands tend to be about 12 inches too big, which eats into aisle space and forces dishwashers, cooktops and stools to compete with one another,’ says Danny.</p><p><strong>Overcrowding with features</strong></p><p>Trying to make the island do everything is another rookie error. Combining prep, cleanup, seating, storage, and appliances into one surface often leads to a space that feels cluttered and less effective.</p><p><strong>Poor seating layout</strong></p><p>Seating is easy to get wrong, and quick to disrupt the flow if it’s not carefully placed. It should sit away from the working side of the island, with enough space for stools to pull out and people to pass behind.</p><p><strong>Ignoring workflow</strong></p><p>Don’t lose sight of how the kitchen actually functions. The island should support the layout, not fight it. Ideally, from the island you’re just a few steps from the cooktop, sink, and refrigerator. Extra features like a prep sink or fridge drawers are great if they help reduce travel, but simplicity is usually best.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-9-do-you-actually-need-a-kitchen-island"><span>9. Do You Actually Need a Kitchen Island?</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="AhCD8XrcJko2A4o84vcT3G" name="009 Chupik Design_Casey Dunn" alt="timber kitchen with island and patterned runner rug" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AhCD8XrcJko2A4o84vcT3G.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">Perfectly placed for easy flow, this island adds generous storage and prep space without crowding the room. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chupik Design / Casey Dunn)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Kitchen islands are often seen as a must-have, but they’re not always the right solution. In some layouts, skipping the island entirely can lead to a better, more functional space.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-when-an-island-works-and-when-it-doesn-t"><span>When an Island Works – and When it Doesn’t</span></h3><p>The biggest factor is flow. An island introduces circulation on all four sides, which can work beautifully in larger, <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/spaces/decorating/open-plan-kitchen-ideas-208460">open-plan kitchens</a>, helping to connect cooking, dining, and living zones. But that same openness can become a drawback in tighter layouts, where the island risks interrupting natural movement rather than improving it.</p><p>In narrower rooms, or kitchens that double as thoroughfares, an island can quickly feel like an obstacle, forcing awkward routes around it and breaking up usable space. </p><p>If the space doesn’t comfortably support circulation on every side, it’s often better to rethink the layout entirely, whether that’s opting for a peninsula, a freestanding worktable, or simply keeping the floor plan more open.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-when-to-skip-a-kitchen-island-entirely"><span>When to Skip a Kitchen Island Entirely</span></h3><p>Sometimes, even if an island technically fits, it’s still the wrong choice. If it interrupts circulation, duplicates storage you already have, or forces everything else to work around it, it’s likely doing more harm than good. ‘I actually find myself recommending clients skip the island altogether if their kitchen already has adequate storage along the perimeter and adding an island would chop up traffic,’ says Danny. ‘It’s entirely possible for a kitchen to be able to accommodate an island and function poorly with one.’ Don’t force it. If an island makes the layout harder to use, it doesn’t belong there.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-smart-kitchen-island-alternatives-to-consider"><span>Smart Kitchen Island Alternatives to Consider</span></h3><p>If an island isn’t the right fit, there are several options that can deliver similar benefits without compromising flow:</p><p>• <strong>Peninsula</strong>: Attached on one side, it offers prep space and seating without eating into as much central space. <br>• <strong>Freestanding worktable</strong>: A lighter, more flexible option that provides prep space without visually or physically dominating the room.<br>• <strong>Butcher’s block or trolley</strong>: Adds warmth and versatility and, if on lockable castors, can be repositioned as needed.</p><p>There’s a lot to juggle when designing a kitchen island, but get the core elements right and everything else will fall into place. Size, layout, and function need to work first, then you can start on the fun stuff. Look to <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/spaces/decorating/kitchen-island-ideas-202887"><u>kitchen island ideas</u></a> for unique design inspo that will really give it presence and personality.</p><p>Love beautiful design ideas, expert advice, and inspiring decor trends? <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/newsletter">Sign up for our newsletter</a> and get the latest features delivered straight to your inbox.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ The Library: How to Plan Outdoor Lighting Like a Designer ]]></title>
                                                                                                                                                                                                <link>https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/how-to-plan-outdoor-lighting</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Your outdoor lighting scheme is just as important as your indoor one, and doing it right can really make your outdoor spaces feel warmer, more welcoming, and even safer ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">yMSm3JgXtLeGSVagYTpH3Z</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kDNcJjVrBBftZch573uqL9-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 22 Apr 2026 11:30:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Wed, 17 Jun 2026 11:51:01 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Outdoor Living]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Gardens]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ kaitlin.madden@futurenet.com (Kaitlin Madden) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Kaitlin Madden ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tWMn7njBfVPUXcqDGQbPaC.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://kaitlinmadden.com&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; rel=&quot;nofollow&quot;&gt;Kaitlin Madden Armon&lt;/a&gt; is a writer and editor who has covered homes and interiors for more than 10 years. She started her career as a local lifestyle editor with Modern Luxury&#039;s Michigan Avenue magazine in Chicago. There, she wrote about fashion, food, arts, and notable Chicagoans. After a move to Boston, she took a role as the managing and online editor at New England Home, where she discovered a love of all things interior design. She&#039;s focused her career around interiors ever since. She&#039;s held positions as an editor at Wayfair and Real Homes, and has written for publications and brands like Architectural Digest, Martha Stewart Living, 1st Dibs, Vanity Fair, Refinery29, Modern Luxury Interiors, Chicago Magazine, Maya Romanoff, The Design Network, Decorist, Amazon, Loom Decor, and lots more. She is also the co-founder of the interior design startup, The Finish, which offers home decorating services on-demand.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When she&#039;s not writing about how to decorate, she&#039;s putting her own advice into practice, and likes to spend her free time rearranging furniture, painting walls, and scouring local flea markets and antique stores for her next find.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;She graduated from Northeastern University with a degree in journalism and currently lives in Connecticut with her husband, three young children, and a black lab.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kDNcJjVrBBftZch573uqL9-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Serena &amp; Lily]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[hamptons style outdoor patio area and poolside with large corner white rattan sofas and blue scalloped patio umbrellas]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[hamptons style outdoor patio area and poolside with large corner white rattan sofas and blue scalloped patio umbrellas]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[hamptons style outdoor patio area and poolside with large corner white rattan sofas and blue scalloped patio umbrellas]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kDNcJjVrBBftZch573uqL9-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Outdoor lighting is one of the most significant decisions in exterior design – but it can often be one of the most underestimated. Done well, it makes a home safer to navigate after dark, extends the usability of patios and garden spaces into the evening hours, and adds a layer of ambiance that a simple floodlight can’t achieve. It also has the power to emphasize landscaping and architectural investments, drawing the eye to the details that matter.</p><p>So how do you ensure your <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/shopping/the-best-places-to-buy-outdoor-lighting">outdoor lighting</a> adequately enhances your yard? Here, as part of our series <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/tag/the-library"><em>The Library</em>,</a> we’re sharing everything you need to know about creating a functional, beautiful outdoor lighting scheme for your home. By the end of this guide, you’ll know what to illuminate, how brightly, what color temperature to use, and more.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-essentials"><span>The Essentials </span></h2><p>The overarching goal of outdoor lighting shouldn’t be to simply illuminate everything equally. Instead, your backyard, gardens, and front entrance should feel revealed by its lighting, not flooded by it.</p><p>‘Outdoor lighting should guide the eye, create atmosphere, and add depth, rather than simply engulf the entire space with light,’ explains Jo Plant, chief creative officer at lighting brand <a href="https://www.pooky.com/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Pooky</a>. ‘Pockets of light and shadow make your yard feel far warmer and more welcoming, as well as fulfilling the obvious practical purpose.’</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-1-layers"><span>1. Layers</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="pxCfN9uoPRikGZBNwv9K3e" name="Outdoor living room" alt="A bright, coastal-style patio featuring white lounge seating, a textured blue rug, and a large white coffee table. Several oversized woven rattan globe pendants hang from the ceiling, and a diamond-patterned trellis with climbing ivy decorates the back wall" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pxCfN9uoPRikGZBNwv9K3e.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">In this outdoor living room, Lulu and Georgia's <a href="https://www.luluandgeorgia.com/products/cristobal-outdoor-sconce?variant=43745933557859" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Cristobal Outdoor Sconce</a> is layered with the statement <a href="https://www.luluandgeorgia.com/products/valar-outdoor-double-tier-pendant-light" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Valar Outdoor Double Tier Pendant Light</a>. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Lulu and Georgia)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Just like with indoor lighting, the best way to think about your <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/spaces/decorating/garden-lighting-ideas-212336">outdoor lighting ideas</a> is in layers. There are three primary layers to consider: ambient light for general illumination (wall lanterns, post lights, ceiling lights when applicable); task lighting for safety and function (paths, steps, <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/spaces/decorating/outdoor-kitchen-ideas-218955">outdoor kitchens</a>); and accent lighting to highlight trees, plantings, and architectural detail.</p><p>How and where you incorporate these layers into your lighting plan depends on the function of each outdoor space, says Anna Tatsioni, lead interior designer and architect at <a href="https://www.decorilla.com/" target="_blank">Decorilla</a>.</p><p>Ambient lighting takes on the lion’s share of setting the mood and illuminating the space. ‘I like to think of it as the foundation lighting for a space, because you usually find it in the form of fixtures like wall sconces or ground lights,’ Tatsioni explains. ‘The rest are lighter layers that build on that foundation.’</p><p>Getting clear on the function of different areas, or zones, in your backyard will help you decide which layers of light to add from there.</p><p>‘Task lighting, as the name suggests, should be focused on very specific areas where direct light is needed. Think of an <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/garden-bar-ideas">outdoor bar</a> where drink prep happens. Ambient lighting might not be enough on its own to use the bar comfortably, and that’s where task lighting comes in. I love pendant lights above a bar to anchor it,’ Tatsioni says.</p><p>Task lighting is also used as a safety feature to illuminate pathways and staircases.</p><p>Lastly, accent lighting is added for decorative purposes, to direct the eye to specific hardscape features or highlight planted areas. Accent lighting must be used with restraint to keep it from becoming overpowering, especially around <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/outdoor-living-room-ideas">outdoor living areas</a>.</p><p>‘I recommend keeping [strong accent and landscape lights] away from social areas where people prefer to relax so as not to put them at risk of a bright glare directly in front of them,’ cautions Tatsioni.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-2-brightness"><span>2. Brightness </span></h3><p>Once you identify the types of light you'll need in your outdoor space, the next element to consider is how bright your lights should be – keeping in mind that the goal isn't to create light levels akin to indoor spaces.</p><p>Joe Raboine, vice president of design at <a href="https://www.oldcastleapg.com/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Oldcastle APG</a>, cautions that most homeowners actually overestimate how much light they need outdoors and end up with spaces that are too bright or cause glare that makes it more difficult to see.</p><p>‘Brightness should almost feel like a whisper,’ he says. ‘Your eyes adjust quickly at night, so you don’t need nearly as much light as people think. In fact, too much light flattens everything. It kills depth, shadow, and mood. I’ll often start lower than expected and build up slowly. Restraint creates contrast. And contrast is what makes a space feel layered, calming, even a little magical.’</p><p>For task lighting, and particularly <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/gardens/lighting-landscape-ideas">landscape lighting</a> that serves to guide homeowners and guests around the property, brightness guidance is more specific.</p><p>Pathways require roughly 2–10 lux (a measure of illumination equal to one lumen per square meter), while stairways call for around 10 lux at the stair tread surface. Any dimmer isn't quite bright enough, and any brighter can cause glare that's counterproductive.</p><p>Joe also suggests using shielded fixtures for stairs and pathways. ‘You should see the next step, not the light source.’</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-placement-and-angles"><span>3. Placement and Angles</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="9QrGK3LJmt3LM64Y2hDZxA" name="Lulu and Georgia Outdoor Lighing" alt="A stylish outdoor terrace featuring a sculptural, S-shaped woven lounge chair and a matching round ottoman. The space includes a neutral rug, a cream sofa with striped pillows, and a black French door in the background" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9QrGK3LJmt3LM64Y2hDZxA.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Lulu and Georgia's <a href="https://www.luluandgeorgia.com/products/judy-indoor-outdoor-sconce?variant=43259112161379" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Judy Outdoor Sconce</a> is ideal for create a soft pool of light around a patio. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Lulu and Georgia)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The placement of your outdoor lighting is one of the most crucial considerations in any scheme – and it's less about following rigid rules than it is about ensuring your outdoor space is functional.</p><p>‘With paths, for example, I would steer clear of the tendency to line both sides like a runway. It's much better to stagger lights instead, let some areas fall into shadow, and concentrate on guiding movement rather than outlining every inch,’ explains Joe.</p><p>For steps and transitions, each elevation change needs to be clearly defined and lit without a harsh spotlight. Low lighting integrated into risers or placed just to the side tends to work best. Whatever lighting you choose for steps, make sure it's uniform, says Joe. ‘For steps, consistency is everything. You want each tread clearly defined without glare.’</p><p>With uplighting and accent lighting, placement will depend on the type of light you're using and the feature you're illuminating.</p><p>‘Lumens and beam spreads should closely match what is to be lit,’ adds Travis Hogue, owner of lighting design firm <a href="https://www.outdoorlights.com/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Outdoor Lighting Perspectives</a>. ‘A tall, narrow palm tree will need a narrower, more powerful beam, while a low decorative tree may need a lower output and wider beam.’</p><p>It's also important to understand how different lighting angles diffuse light. ‘Even with the same lumen output, a wider beam spread will not project as far as a narrower beam when using high-quality optics,’ Travis says.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-4-color-temperature"><span>4. Color Temperature</span></h3><p><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/life-design/lighting-temperature-basics">Color temperature</a> refers to how warm or cool a light source appears, and when it comes to outdoor schemes, consistency is key. Warm lighting has a yellow cast, while cool lighting skews blue, and mixing the two can feel jarring and unplanned. Instead, pick one temperature and use it uniformly.</p><p>‘With almost no exceptions, lighting color temperatures should not be mixed on a property,’ says Travis.</p><p>The experts we spoke to were unanimous that landscape lighting should be warm, which feels more inviting and complementary. The ideal Kelvin range is 2700–3000K, which translates to bulbs labeled ‘warm white’ or ‘soft white.’</p><p>‘Color temperatures 5000K and 5700K produce a more pure, stark white light, sometimes used in modern homes to highlight architecture. However, this color temperature is not commonly used for landscaping, as it can easily feel commercial or industrial,’ explains Travis.</p><p>To ensure consistency across various outdoor fixtures, several of our experts suggested starting with warm landscape lighting (like uplighting and <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/gardens/how-to-light-a-garden-path">path lighting</a>), and then swapping out the bulbs in any existing exterior lights – like carriage or lamppost fixtures – for ones in the same Kelvin range as the landscape lights.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-5-safety-and-electrical"><span>5. Safety and Electrical </span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="8V8juCwpH8rZDDvDQ5irdf" name="Pooky outdoor lighting" alt="A modern outdoor lounge area under a gray pergola. It features a sectional sofa with red and yellow chevron cushions, a sleek dark gray fireplace wall with built-in lanterns, and white wicker accent furniture" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8V8juCwpH8rZDDvDQ5irdf.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Pooky's new <a href="https://www.us.pooky.com/products/cromer-wall-sconce-in-bronze" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Cromer Wall Sconce</a> is a subtle statement. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Pooky)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Outdoor light fixtures are subject to a different set of safety regulations than indoor versions, primarily because of their exposure to elements like water, dust, heat, and wind.</p><p>The good news is that virtually any outdoor-specific light you purchase from a reliable manufacturer will be properly rated to withstand the elements. If you want to be certain, look for lights rated IP65 or higher for locations exposed to dust and rain, or IP67/IP68 for submerged landscape lighting, or fixtures that are UL ‘wet-’ or ‘damp-’ rated.</p><p>In addition to the fixtures themselves, outdoor electrical circuits and wiring must also be considered. ‘When designing an outdoor lighting system, it's important that the infrastructure is planned and invested in as much as the design,’ says Travis. ‘Typically, we try to install transformers that are not loaded above 50 percent capacity to allow space for future add-ons.’</p><p>Wiring should also be properly sized for the transformer capacity. ‘A 300W transformer must use 12-gauge wiring for the system, as required by the electrical code, and we see many homeowners and non-professionals undersize the wiring,’ he explains.</p><p>The best bet? Hiring a licensed electrician, who can ensure your lighting design is safe and functional.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-6-timers-and-automation"><span>6. Timers and Automation</span></h3><p>Timers and automations are a must-have for landscape lighting, since these controls are what make your lighting scheme livable.</p><p>The simplest option is an analog timer (like this <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Century-Compact-Outdoor-Mechanical-Programmable/dp/B079N9FW5B/ref=sr_1_1_sspa" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">affordable waterproof design from Amazon</a>). It's straightforward to program, but it does come with downsides, namely that customization is limited and you'll need to reset it after any power outage. <a href="https://www.amazon.com/Photocell-Switches-Outdoor-Photoelectric-Lighting/dp/B09LCGN47J/ref=sr_1_5?crid=37SSI6S22NQ1N&dib=eyJ2IjoiMSJ9.8y-kPqebP0MIX7XfjRDCjoAf8ZtIvkD3r7EyNcvUD2-J_3z5P29hfU97J3dLsEaNNkFRn8zXlgBjSdtp2ppH6sVYhhGmcDTUHsZc4uAi_tcY9JkAdXVKzv6q47Mb5zA3BcSgmwqcYEW6IUtdp6IvlnTwHYwbrnbiQ6TKoDEKSyWVmSmRbfVsihwX3dEqGM_zgPMpPlGnR-bYGtAxuiK7tPQJaytGaw2rDLt_Uw5WDXa3Ygs6CLjg0QEFgKFH3ctHvxMVObHm0669Jv5m8Ble5LkzubXPUHmS-IARLtVpfDA.ONpD0TkiqhklVurAfrmQH6Kv7hmpTk5kyZ3mv_FAg0A&dib_tag=se&keywords=Photocells&qid=1776849936&sprefix=%2Caps%2C233&sr=8-5" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Photocells</a> are also still used, but they keep lights on from dusk to dawn, which isn't necessary for most homeowners.</p><p>Instead, many of the pros we talked to now recommend digital or Wi-Fi-enabled controllers. ‘Wi-Fi controllers allow you the most flexibility over when the lights go on and off. For example, at my house, my lights are set to come on at dusk and shut off at 10 pm,’ says Dave Marciniak, owner and lead designer of <a href="https://www.revolutionarygardens.com/" target="_blank">Revolutionary Gardens</a> in Culpeper, Virginia. ‘Newer systems also have the ability to split your landscape into zones and individually control these zones right from an app.’</p><p>Motion-controlled lights are still a popular pick for security purposes, though you'll want to limit them to areas where they won't interfere with outdoor living spaces, since the constant switching on and off gets old fast.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-rules-to-remember"><span>Rules to Remember</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="spF7ScTuumiyqkvkFN5Jy7" name="serena-and-lily-decking-lighting.jpg" alt="outdoor pendant lights over deck by Serena & Lily" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/spF7ScTuumiyqkvkFN5Jy7.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Serena & Lilys' <a href="https://www.serenaandlily.com/products/summerland-outdoor-bell-pendant/576088" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Summerland Outdoor Bell Pendant</a> turns an outdoor dining space into a cozy room-like area. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Serena & Lily)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-plan-at-least-three-layers-of-light-in-every-outdoor-area"><span>Plan At Least Three Layers Of Light In Every Outdoor Area</span></h2><p><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/how-to-layer-lighting">Layering</a> is the key to any good outdoor lighting scheme, and you should aim to incorporate ambient, task, and accent lighting in your yard. </p><p>'Ambient lighting provides overall illumination and sets the tone,' says Jo Plant. 'You might opt for soft wall lights or subtle overhead lighting. Task lighting is more practical, ensuring areas like steps, paths, or outdoor kitchens are safely lit for purpose. Accent lighting highlights specific features, such as sculptures, planting, or architectural details.'</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-keep-levels-low-and-atmospheric-avoid-over-lighting"><span>Keep Levels Low And Atmospheric, Avoid Over-Lighting</span></h2><p>One of the most common errors our experts reported was over-lighting a space. </p><p>'When deciding how much light to use, I like to think of a cloudless full moon night where you can see everything you need to,' says Dave Marciniak. 'We're not trying to light a backyard up like Las Vegas.'</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-ensure-paths-and-stairs-are-adequately-lit-for-safety"><span>Ensure Paths And Stairs Are Adequately Lit For Safety</span></h2><p>Path and stairways lighting are crucial to navigating your yard safely after dark. 'It’s important that routes are clearly and evenly lit to help avoid trips or missteps, particularly when the space is being used in the evening,' says Jo. </p><p>Avoid the urge to place your path lighting in a straight line, and make sure stairway lighting is consistent from step-to-step. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-stick-to-one-color-temperature-and-keep-it-warm"><span>Stick To One Color Temperature (And Keep It Warm)</span></h2><p>Pick a single color temperature for your landscape and exterior lighting, and stick to it. Every expert we spoke to recommended warm lighting over cool, and aiming for a color temperature of 2700-3000K. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-always-use-ip-and-ul-rated-fixtures-and-a-licensed-electrician"><span>Always Use IP- And UL-Rated Fixtures And A Licensed Electrician</span></h2><p>The fixtures you choose for your outdoor space should be UL and IP-rated for wet spaces or the outdoors, and you should always hire a licensed electrician to  ensure the longevity and safety of your lighting scheme. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-outdoor-lighting-faqs"><span>Outdoor Lighting FAQs</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="xBuigUQfc49aSVS2evuDke" name="Outdoor dining room" alt="A sunlit covered porch featuring a white farmhouse-style dining table paired with blue and white woven bistro chairs. A large, conical rattan chandelier hangs above the set table, which is decorated with blue patterned linens and fresh lemons, overlooking a lush green backyard" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xBuigUQfc49aSVS2evuDke.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Serena & Lily)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-do-you-plan-outdoor-lighting-from-scratch"><span>How Do You Plan Outdoor Lighting From Scratch?</span></h3><p>The best way to plan your landscape lighting is to divide your outdoor space into zones (i.e. dining area, outdoor kitchen, paths and stairs), and consider how each zone is used. From there, add in the appropriate layers of lighting (ambient, task and accent) that will best support the use of each space, </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-what-is-the-best-lighting-for-garden-paths"><span>What Is The Best Lighting For Garden Paths?</span></h3><p>For garden paths, choose shielded lights that are low to the ground, to ensure the lights won't cause glare. Lights should be staggered, not 'runway style' and should be spaced roughly 6-10 feet apart. </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-outdoor-lighting-be-warm-or-cool"><span>Should Outdoor Lighting Be Warm Or Cool?</span></h3><p>Outdoor lighting should be warm. Cool-toned lighting feels industrial and uninviting. Aim for bulbs and fixtures in the 2700K-3000K range, and make sure your lighting temperature is consistent across your entire outdoor lighting scheme.  </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-do-you-need-an-electrician-for-outdoor-lighting"><span>Do You Need An Electrician For Outdoor Lighting?</span></h3><p>We cannot emphasize this enough... Yes! You need a licensed electrician for outdoor lighting to ensure that proper safety codes are met. Outdoor projects can be more complex than indoor jobs, as the wiring and fixtures are regularly exposed to the elements. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-shop-chic-outdoor-lighting"><span>Shop Chic Outdoor Lighting</span></h2>        <div class="featured_product_block featured_block_hero" data-id="d29ec1eb-3345-4983-84cf-163737a76b48">            <a href="https://www.serenaandlily.com/products/visual-comfort-sample/1378972" data-model-name="Ashford Outdoor Sconce" data-model-brand="" ><div class='product-image-widthsetter'><p class='vanilla-image-block' data-bordeaux-image-check style='padding-top:130.00%';><img style="width: 100%" class="featured_image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/s4UXmEXn67KLUYLH7DaJj.jpg" alt="Gold lantern wall light"></p></div></a>            <div class="featured_product_details_wrapper">                <div class="featured_product_title_wrapper">                                        <div class='featured__brand'>Serena & Lily</div>                                        <div class="featured__title">Ashford Outdoor Sconce</div>                                    </div>                <div class="subtitle__description">                                                            <p></p>                </div>                            </div>        </div>        <div class="featured_product_block featured_block_hero" data-id="eeed2e7f-dcb8-4eed-86cc-7ea9e12ca673">            <a href="https://www.wayfair.com/lighting/pdp/trent-austin-design-pinette-wall-light-w010001182.html" data-model-name="Trent Austin Design" data-model-brand="" ><div class='product-image-widthsetter'><p class='vanilla-image-block' data-bordeaux-image-check style='padding-top:130.00%';><img style="width: 100%" class="featured_image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZGLBf5SB7ittMewHGV3tTD.jpg" alt="Black outdoor wall lighting"></p></div></a>            <div class="featured_product_details_wrapper">                <div class="featured_product_title_wrapper">                                        <div class='featured__brand'>Wayfair</div>                                        <div class="featured__title">Trent Austin Design</div>                                    </div>                <div class="subtitle__description">                                                            <p></p>                </div>                            </div>        </div>        <div class="featured_product_block featured_block_hero" data-id="c59402d8-9582-43e2-8865-8e906a8a2c46">            <a href="https://www.luluandgeorgia.com/products/cading-outdoor-sconce?variant=43745933361251" data-model-name="Cading Outdoor Sconce" data-model-brand="" ><div class='product-image-widthsetter'><p class='vanilla-image-block' data-bordeaux-image-check style='padding-top:130.00%';><img style="width: 100%" class="featured_image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kEDWkLcjbsbJiG5MvYvbaR.jpg" alt="Ceramic outdoor wall light"></p></div></a>            <div class="featured_product_details_wrapper">                <div class="featured_product_title_wrapper">                                        <div class='featured__brand'>Lulu and Georgia</div>                                        <div class="featured__title">Cading Outdoor Sconce</div>                                    </div>                <div class="subtitle__description">                                                            <p></p>                </div>                            </div>        </div>        <div class="featured_product_block featured_block_hero" data-id="13cdf979-dc29-476d-8756-9cf2bb8fbb0f">            <a href="https://www.serenaandlily.com/products/marine-sconce/1077119" data-model-name="Marine Outdoor Sconce" data-model-brand="" ><div class='product-image-widthsetter'><p class='vanilla-image-block' data-bordeaux-image-check style='padding-top:130.00%';><img style="width: 100%" class="featured_image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/azMb6zHiWwV6Wzh6bTie8e.jpg" alt="Gold outdoor wall light"></p></div></a>            <div class="featured_product_details_wrapper">                <div class="featured_product_title_wrapper">                                        <div class='featured__brand'>Serena and Lily</div>                                        <div class="featured__title">Marine Outdoor Sconce</div>                                    </div>                <div class="subtitle__description">                                                            <p></p>                </div>                            </div>        </div>        <div class="featured_product_block featured_block_hero" data-id="bbf609cc-ceb1-4648-9b33-2a7e2574b413">            <a href="https://www.cb2.com/graziano-indoor-outdoor-dark-grey-travertine-wall-sconce/s238807" data-model-name="Graziano Indoor/Outdoor Dark Grey Travertine Wall Sconce" data-model-brand="" ><div class='product-image-widthsetter'><p class='vanilla-image-block' data-bordeaux-image-check style='padding-top:130.00%';><img style="width: 100%" class="featured_image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cwKnbvrsqcF5m3miSZv2U5.jpg" alt="Grey stone outdoor wall light"></p></div></a>            <div class="featured_product_details_wrapper">                <div class="featured_product_title_wrapper">                                        <div class='featured__brand'>CB2</div>                                        <div class="featured__title">Graziano Indoor/Outdoor Dark Grey Travertine Wall Sconce</div>                                    </div>                <div class="subtitle__description">                                                            <p></p>                </div>                            </div>        </div>        <div class="featured_product_block featured_block_hero" data-id="ebcd2ad1-54a4-4c5f-bf02-18b55bf1f3c3">            <a href="https://www.luluandgeorgia.com/products/teeling-outdoor-sconce?variant=43745943257187" data-model-name="Teeling Outdoor Sconce" data-model-brand="" ><div class='product-image-widthsetter'><p class='vanilla-image-block' data-bordeaux-image-check style='padding-top:130.00%';><img style="width: 100%" class="featured_image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/szFztaooTdo8xmdZakM4GR.jpg" alt="Brass outdoor wall light"></p></div></a>            <div class="featured_product_details_wrapper">                <div class="featured_product_title_wrapper">                                        <div class='featured__brand'>Lulu and Georgia</div>                                        <div class="featured__title">Teeling Outdoor Sconce</div>                                    </div>                <div class="subtitle__description">                                                            <p></p>                </div>                            </div>        </div>        <div class="featured_product_block featured_block_hero" data-id="80882dd9-51bd-4151-901c-d634ac92c517">            <a href="https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0DQTK2BGJ/ref=sspa_dk_detail_2?pd_rd_i=B0DQTK2BGJ&pd_rd_w=zIgJO&content-id=amzn1.sym.386c274b-4bfe-4421-9052-a1a56db557ab&pf_rd_p=386c274b-4bfe-4421-9052-a1a56db557ab&pf_rd_r=JZ8J322J0552C7941WMG&pd_rd_wg=KKm5V&pd_rd_r=5bca3b22-4d1f-40f6-8fa5-6735ba159bb2&sp_csd=d2lkZ2V0TmFtZT1zcF9kZXRhaWxfdGhlbWF0aWM&th=1" data-model-name="8 Pack Solar Pathway Lights Outdoor" data-model-brand="" ><div class='product-image-widthsetter'><p class='vanilla-image-block' data-bordeaux-image-check style='padding-top:130.00%';><img style="width: 100%" class="featured_image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aYE64VLgNKiM54rYziXGBb.jpg" alt="Path lights"></p></div></a>            <div class="featured_product_details_wrapper">                <div class="featured_product_title_wrapper">                                        <div class='featured__brand'>Ahaorigin</div>                                        <div class="featured__title">8 Pack Solar Pathway Lights Outdoor</div>                                    </div>                <div class="subtitle__description">                                                            <p></p>                </div>                            </div>        </div>        <div class="featured_product_block featured_block_hero" data-id="75d52dc2-41f4-40fd-b58a-22839a7e3555">            <a href="https://www.walmart.com/ip/DAYBETTER-Outdoor-String-Lights-100ft-with-50-G40-Edison-Vintage-Bulbs-Waterproof-for-Patio-Garden-Gazebo-Bistro-Cafe-Backyard/689619949?classType=VARIANT&athbdg=L1600&adsRedirect=true" data-model-name="Outdoor String Lights" data-model-brand="" ><div class='product-image-widthsetter'><p class='vanilla-image-block' data-bordeaux-image-check style='padding-top:130.00%';><img style="width: 100%" class="featured_image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/H9KdKgpP2x8Cf7pVqWgkZ.jpg" alt="outdoor string lights"></p></div></a>            <div class="featured_product_details_wrapper">                <div class="featured_product_title_wrapper">                                        <div class='featured__brand'>DAYBETTER</div>                                        <div class="featured__title">Outdoor String Lights</div>                                    </div>                <div class="subtitle__description">                                                            <p></p>                </div>                            </div>        </div>        <div class="featured_product_block featured_block_hero" data-id="6b8104c9-9ee0-422e-9dfd-e9cedba49d73">            <a href="https://www.ikea.com/us/en/p/groensproet-wall-lamp-hardwire-installation-outdoor-black-20555999/" data-model-name="GrÖnsprÖt Wall Lamp" data-model-brand="" ><div class='product-image-widthsetter'><p class='vanilla-image-block' data-bordeaux-image-check style='padding-top:130.00%';><img style="width: 100%" class="featured_image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qZCsAXPMf3ubzimQTuYB3E.jpg" alt="Black outdoor wall light"></p></div></a>            <div class="featured_product_details_wrapper">                <div class="featured_product_title_wrapper">                                        <div class='featured__brand'>IKEA</div>                                        <div class="featured__title">GrÖnsprÖt Wall Lamp</div>                                    </div>                <div class="subtitle__description">                                                            <p></p>                </div>                            </div>        </div><p>When it comes to creating an outdoor space that's a true extension of your home, proper lighting is key. Put ambience and function at the center of your design, and remember that less is generally more. A well-planned outdoor lighting scheme isn't just about <em>how</em> much light you add – it's about where you put it and why.  </p><p><em><strong>The Homes & Gardens Library is your definitive guide to timeless design wisdom. From choosing the perfect sofa to mastering the fundamentals of layout, each piece in the series draws on expert insight to guide you through the key principles of interior design. Thoughtfully curated yet easy to digest, it’s the essential reference for anyone looking to create a home that is beautiful, practical, and enduring.</strong></em></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ The Library: How to Design a Kitchen ]]></title>
                                                                                                                                                                                                <link>https://www.homesandgardens.com/kitchens/how-to-design-a-kitchen</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The ultimate guide to designing a kitchen – from layout and appliances to storage, lighting, and finishes – with the pro insight you need to get it right first time ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">Laf9rEQaUdLtyMh4wfveeZ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/n8r9i6uG2QAYsGZfySBN7b-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2026 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Wed, 22 Apr 2026 09:38:30 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Kitchens]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Decor]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Rooms]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ info@lindaclayton.com (Linda Clayton) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Linda Clayton ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PXRLBjSyoVXsLvbKdTt2d9.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Linda graduated from university with a First in Journalism, Film and Broadcasting.&amp;nbsp;Her love for interiors began when she bought her first utter wreck of a home two decades ago, and she realized writing about interiors would make her far happier. She began on a trade title for the kitchen and bathroom industry. She has been working for Homes &amp;amp; Gardens, then sister-brands Livingetc, Country Homes &amp;amp; Interiors and Ideal Home, since 2006, covering all manner of interiors topics, though kitchens and bathrooms are her specialism. The late Mark Wilkinson OBE was (and still is) her all-time design hero.&amp;nbsp;&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/n8r9i6uG2QAYsGZfySBN7b-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matt Kisiday/McQuaide &amp; Co]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[off-white kitchen with wood floor and round dining table and chairs]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[off-white kitchen with wood floor and round dining table and chairs]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[off-white kitchen with wood floor and round dining table and chairs]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/n8r9i6uG2QAYsGZfySBN7b-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Designing a kitchen well isn’t about falling in love with a marble slab or the range of your dreams. It’s about making the right decisions in the right order and delving deep into the nitty-gritty of how everything will actually work. When functionality is covered from every angle, the beautiful bits fall into place. When it isn’t, even a generous budget can struggle to deliver a kitchen you genuinely enjoy using.</p><p>As an interiors journalist who specializes in kitchens, I’ve spent decades reporting on how they’re designed and made – visiting manufacturing facilities around the world, tracking new technology, and tapping the expertise of some of the industry’s best designers. I’m also married to a bespoke kitchen maker and have renovated four kitchens of my own, so I’ve experienced the process from both sides. </p><p>This guide reflects how professional designers approach a project, and how you should too. Covering everything from lifestyle and layout to plumbing and appliances, storage and lighting, cabinetry, surfaces, colors, and finishes, it also highlights the common pitfalls that waste time, inflate budgets, or compromise the end result. </p><p>The aim is to walk through all the decisions that matter most and explore how the best <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/kitchen-ideas">kitchens</a> are designed and lived in across US homes – from open-plan suburban builds to older city properties. The goal is simple: to help you approach your own project with confidence and walk into a designer meeting feeling prepared and ready to make smart decisions.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-think-about-how-you-live"><span>Think About How You Live</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="RCvLaC3pjw4EAPhuJonFLg" name="001 Urbanology Designs_Matti Gresham" alt="dark kitchen with rug runner" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RCvLaC3pjw4EAPhuJonFLg.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">A pared-back palette of warm timber, crisp marble and inky cabinetry gives this light-filled kitchen a quietly luxurious feel. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matti Gresham/Urbanology Designs)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Start with your lifestyle, not the cabinetry. If you only do one thing before your first designer meeting, do this: write down how you use your kitchen on a normal weekday, at weekends, and on days you entertain. Designers can draw a beautiful kitchen in any style. The difference between a good one and a great one is whether it supports how you live, in the good times and the more mundane day-to-day.</p><p>‘I always pull the initial conversation away from finishes and toward behavior,’ says Ginger Curtis, founder of <a href="https://www.urbanologydesigns.com/about-ginger" target="_blank"><u>Urbanology Designs</u></a>. ‘The most transformative questions are: Who is in the kitchen at the same time? At what times of day? And what else is happening while cooking? Once clients describe weekday mornings, homework hours, and how weekends actually unfold, the brief shifts. A “beautiful kitchen” becomes a command center, a social hub, or a quiet retreat.’</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-be-brutally-honest"><span>Be Brutally Honest </span></h3><p>Don’t try to impress your designer with a fake cookie-cutter lifestyle. An adults-only kitchen used lightly and mostly on the weekend needs very different circulation and storage than a busy family setup. Be realistic about how you eat, too. Do you cook from scratch, assemble food, get takeout, or a bit of all three? And instead of the vague ‘we need more <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/spaces/decorating/kitchen-storage-ideas-202568">kitchen storage</a>’, nail down the real frictions in your current kitchen, such as no landing space by the sink, trash miles from prep, a dishwasher that blocks the walkway. Then think about your tidiness levels and how tolerant you are towards clutter. Are you happy having the toaster, snacks, mail piles, and charging cords on show, or do you need clear counters for a clear head? Honesty here is gold dust for designers.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-consider-the-kitchen-family-room-relationship"><span>Consider The Kitchen–Family Room Relationship</span></h3><p>In many US homes, the kitchen is effectively a control center connected to a family room, which changes what good design means. Sightlines matter. So does noise. And circulation can make or break how calm the space feels.</p><p>‘It’s about intentional <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/kitchens/kitchen-zoning">zoning in the kitchen</a>,’ says Ginger. ‘I design clear paths around the kitchen, not through it, so the cook isn’t constantly interrupted. Islands are positioned to allow eye contact with living areas or homework zones, but with prep and heat zones tucked slightly back. The goal is visual connection without physical collision.’</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-decide-on-counter-heights-seating-and-reach"><span>Decide on Counter Heights, Seating, and Reach</span></h3><p>Standard counter height is around 36 inches, but ‘standard’ is just a starting point. If you bake constantly, are very tall or tiny, small height tweaks can make prep noticeably easier. Seating overhang rules are guides, not gospel. Decide whether you want quick breakfasts, homework perching, or proper lingering at your island so your designer can size stools and clearances to suit.</p><p>‘Reach is where daily friction lives,’ adds Ginger. ‘If the items you use every day are even slightly too high, too deep, or require a step stool, the kitchen becomes tiring fast.</p><p>'I design so that the most-used tools live between shoulder and hip height, drawers do the heavy lifting instead of shelves, and seating allows people to linger comfortably. When a kitchen feels effortless, it’s because your body never has to fight the space.’</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-design-out-daily-frustrations"><span>Design Out Daily Frustrations</span></h3><p>We’re talking about the small spatial tweaks that make a big difference. Landing space beside the fridge, oven, and sink keeps everyday tasks fluid. Trash should sit close to prep, not across the room. Dish flow should move logically from sink and dishwasher to storage without crossing busy walkways, while prep flow should feel intuitive: fridge to prep to cooktop, with enough counter space between. If something feels like unnecessary effort or causes congestion, design it out.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-plumbing-power-and-infrastructure"><span>Plumbing, Power, and Infrastructure</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="pZkLosj6RHEbkRzrEQJW7" name="002 S Squared_Jonathan Mitchell" alt="wood and marble kitchen with black and brass accents" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pZkLosj6RHEbkRzrEQJW7.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">Adding plumbing to an island needs to be planned early in the design process to ensure seamless installation and clean, uninterrupted lines. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jonathan Mitchell/S Squared Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Plumbing, ventilation, and electrical planning aren’t the fun part, but they’re the part you can’t undo cheaply. Make smart decisions early to protect your budget, timescales and future sanity.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-you-move-the-sink"><span>Should You Move the Sink?</span></h3><p>While moving the existing <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/kitchen-sink-ideas">kitchen sink</a> location is always possible, it’s worth establishing where your plumbing stack is now and how much disruption it will take to move it, especially in older properties where constraints are tighter.</p><p>Moving it makes sense when it fixes a fundamental problem, like poor prep space, awkward traffic flow, or bad sightlines. It’s also easier to achieve if you’re already opening walls or reworking floors. It’s not worth moving a sink when long drainage runs reduce performance, complicate venting, or require decent floors to be ripped up. </p><p>‘Often a small plumbing move can make a big difference,’ says Sierra Schmitt, interior design director at <a href="https://www.s-squared.com/team-members/sierra-schmitt" target="_blank"><u>S-Squared</u></a>. ‘We first focus on the interior architectural framework – is the kitchen meant to feel symmetrical or intentionally asymmetrical? From there, we assess whether existing sink locations support that vision.’</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-do-electrical-planning-early"><span>Do Electrical Planning Early</span></h3><p>Electrical planning for lighting, appliances, and peripherals must happen before the cabinet layout is finalized. Instead of listing outlets as a quantity, map power to behavior. Where will you use the coffee machine and toaster? Do you want to charge phones and tablets in the kitchen? Where will you plug-in handheld appliances? What about the vacuum cleaner, electric blinds, and smoke alarms?</p><p>Then think about lighting wiring: under-cabinet lighting, inside-cabinet lighting, toe-kick lighting for night navigation. Dedicated circuits matter too. Many major appliances require their own breakers (aka GFCI outlets) and it’s hard to add them in mid-build. </p><p>‘A big one for me is visual when thinking about outlet placement,’ says Sierra. ‘Sometimes we can hide them intentionally; other times we’re working within code. Then the focus shifts to what we can control – using decorative plates or subtle flush sockets so outlets blend in.’</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-water-pressure-and-filtration"><span>Water Pressure and Filtration</span></h3><p>Oversized fridges with ice makers, pot fillers, beverage faucets, and filtration systems are only as good as the supply behind them. If your water pressure is low or inconsistent, certain features will disappoint so grab the opportunity to sort it before installation day. ‘Many homeowners are surprised that some steam ovens and coffee machines require a water line if you don’t want to fill a tank constantly,’ adds Sierra.</p><p>Talk to your designer and plumber about whole-house versus under-sink filtration, appliance water lines, pressure requirements for specialty faucets, and whether local water hardness warrants a softener system.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-layouts"><span>Layouts</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="62ezBETae2MTgfGGC5xZz7" name="003 Holly A Kopman" alt="wood and marble kitchen with wood flooring" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/62ezBETae2MTgfGGC5xZz7.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">A galley-style layout keeps the workflow efficient and intuitive, with cooking, prep and dining arranged in a clear, uninterrupted line. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Brad Knipstein/Holly A Kopman)</span></figcaption></figure><p><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/kitchen-layout-ideas">Kitchen layouts</a> determine whether a kitchen design feels effortless or endlessly annoying. Get the arrangement of cabinets, appliances, and walkways right, and everything will flow. The dream layout is shaped by architecture (room shape, windows, doors, plumbing), how you live (who cooks, eats, and passes through), and how the kitchen connects to surrounding spaces. In open-concept homes, layouts may also need to accommodate dining, relaxing, and working from home.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-work-triangle-vs-modern-zones"><span>The Work Triangle vs Modern Zones</span></h3><p>The classic <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/news/kitchen-triangle">work triangle</a> (sink, stove, fridge) is still a useful sense-check – these elements shouldn’t be miles apart – but it no longer reflects how modern kitchens are used. ‘I see the traditional work triangle more as a conceptual baseline than a strict rule,’ says interior designer <a href="https://www.hollyakopman.com/about" target="_blank"><u>Holly A Kopman</u></a>. ‘Zone planning feels far more realistic today. By organizing the kitchen into clearly defined zones – prep, cooking, cleanup, storage, and often eating or homework – you allow multiple people to use the space simultaneously without conflict.’ Larger kitchens often benefit from a second sink or extra fridge to support this approach. </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-key-kitchen-layout-types"><span>Key Kitchen Layout Types</span></h3><p><strong></strong><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/kitchens/one-wall-kitchen-ideas"><strong>One-wall</strong></a><strong>:</strong> common in condos and open-plan spaces. Works best for lighter cooking and requires disciplined storage and landing zones.</p><p><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/galley-kitchen-ideas"><strong>Galley</strong></a><strong>:</strong> two parallel runs that can be brilliantly efficient in <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/spaces/decorating/small-kitchen-ideas-208328">small kitchens</a>, but clearances must be right to avoid feeling cramped or corridor-like.</p><p><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/l-shaped-kitchen-ideas"><strong>L-shaped</strong></a><strong>:</strong> flexible and open-plan friendly, often allowing for an island or peninsula. Corners need careful consideration to avoid wasted space.</p><p><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/u-shaped-kitchen-ideas"><strong>U-shaped</strong></a><strong>:</strong> excellent for storage and serious cooking but can feel enclosed without careful planning, and you’ll need multiple corner storage solutions.</p><p><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/kitchens/kitchen-peninsula-ideas"><strong>Peninsula</strong></a><strong> (as part of an L or U-shaped layout):</strong> adds separation and seating without the circulation demands of an island.</p><p><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/kitchens/kitchen-island-layout-ideas"><strong>Island</strong></a><strong>:</strong> works beautifully alongside the above layouts when the room can take it, less so when squeezed in. </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-walkway-clearances-rules-vs-real-life"><span>Walkway Clearances: Rules vs Real Life</span></h3><p>Unless you live the hermit life, skimping on walkway widths will result in a kitchen that feels irritatingly cramped the moment anyone else walks in. </p><p><strong>Walkway width goals:</strong><br>• <strong>36 inches minimum</strong> for general walkways<br>• <strong>42 inches</strong> for main work aisles (one cook)<br>• <strong>48 inches</strong> for main work aisles (two cooks)<br>• <strong>42–48 inches</strong> between island and perimeter cabinets, depending on traffic<br>• <strong>44–60 inches</strong> behind island bar stools so people can pass comfortably</p><p>In compact kitchens, you can push tighter, but it should be a conscious compromise. ‘The most common mistake is allowing major circulation paths to cut directly through primary work zones,’ says Holly. ‘It disrupts functionality and creates safety issues. It’s essential to guide movement around the cooking hub rather than through it.’ </p><p>Head off pinch points by checking that the dishwasher can open while someone passes behind, fridge doors swing fully without obstruction, and drink zones can be used by multiple people without shoulder slamming.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-island-reality-check"><span>Island Reality Check</span></h3><p>Not every kitchen needs a <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/spaces/decorating/kitchen-island-ideas-202887">kitchen island</a>. They work best when there’s proper clearance on all sides and a genuine need for extra prep or dining space. In open-plan homes, they can also help separate the working side of the kitchen without isolating the cook.</p><p>‘I advise against an island when it compromises circulation or forces awkward appliance placement just to fit the look,’ says Holly. ‘A peninsula can work better, providing similar surface area and seating while maintaining clearer traffic flow.’ In smaller kitchens, a portable trolley or freestanding worktable can be more flexible.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-storage-and-functionality"><span>Storage and Functionality</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="JJzfPd4RMsjjKq64A6CQtD" name="004 Regan Baker Design_Jessica Burke" alt="wood kitchen with white walk-in pantry" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JJzfPd4RMsjjKq64A6CQtD.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">A dedicated pantry set just off the main run keeps everyday ingredients organised and within easy reach, freeing up the working surfaces for a calmer, more streamlined kitchen. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Jessica Burke/Regan Baker Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/spaces/decorating/kitchen-storage-ideas-202568">Kitchen storage</a> is where efficiency succeeds or fails. It’s less about how many cabinets you have and more about their location. Any kitchen that forces you to do 10,000 steps cooking dinner is literally a waste of time.</p><p>‘We always start by asking how a family actually uses their kitchen, whether that’s a serious cook who needs dedicated space for large pots and pans, or a busy household that prefers open storage where everything is easy to see and reach,’ says Regan Baker, founder, <a href="https://reganbakerdesign.com/studio/"><u>Regan Baker Design</u></a>. ‘Usage should drive every cabinet decision, because the best storage is the kind that simply works for how you already live.’</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-much-storage-do-you-actually-need"><span>How Much Storage do You Actually Need?</span></h3><p>Most homeowners either under-plan (leading to cluttered counters) or over-plan (spending money storing air). It helps to audit what you currently store and group by use:</p><p>• Everyday dishes, mugs and glasses<br>• Cookware and bakeware<br>• Trays and cutting boards<br>• Cutlery, knives and utensils<br>• Small appliances and gadgets<br>• Servingware and seasonal items<br>• Lunchboxes, drinks bottles, and other containers <br>• Dried and ambient foods, tins and jars<br>• Foils, film and bags<br>• Cleaning products and cloths<br>• Tea towels, table linens and aprons <br>• Cordless vacuum and mop<br>• Special occasion crockery and glassware</p><p>Once you can see it all clearly, cull any excess and decide what genuinely needs to live in the kitchen, and what could be homed nearby without affecting day-to-day use.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-drawers-vs-cabinets"><span>Drawers vs Cabinets</span></h3><p>Deep, load-bearing drawers are more usable than traditional base cabinets because you can see and reach everything without kneeling and excavating. That means the whole space gets used, not just the front of the shelves. Drawer units cost more, but an all-cabinet lower run is outdated and impractical. Reserve standard cabinets for uppers – and if they stretch beyond easy reach, plan for folding steps or a rail-mounted ladder rather than relying on tiptoes.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vertical-vs-horizontal-storage"><span>Vertical vs Horizontal Storage</span></h3><p>Good storage isn’t just about how much you have, but how it’s organized. Vertical dividers are ideal for storing baking sheets, cutting boards, and trays upright, so you can grab one without unstacking the whole pile. Horizontal storage – wide drawers in various depths – works best for everyday items like dishes, pots, cutlery, and pantry staples because everything is visible at a glance.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-hidden-vs-open-storage"><span>Hidden vs Open Storage</span></h3><p>Open <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/kitchen-shelving-ideas">kitchen shelving</a> can soften a run of cabinetry, but they demand discipline. They need regular upkeep and a tolerance for visual noise. Use them for frequently used items you can keep orderly (and regularly cycle through the dishwasher). Skip them if you prefer calm sightlines.</p><p><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/kitchens/kitchen-island-storage-ideas">Island storage</a> can mix open and concealed, but it should always support the island’s main job. Prep-focused islands should store prep tools and keep trash within easy reach; seating-focused islands should still earn their keep with deep drawers on the working side. And never install a built-in oven directly beneath your main prep zone – you’ll cook your knees.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-pantry-planning"><span>Pantry Planning</span></h3><p>A <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/news/pantry-design-rules">pantry</a> isn’t automatically a win. A poorly planned one becomes a dark closet where food disappears. ‘A well-planned pantry is well lit, categorized logically to utilize space efficiently, and ensures good visibility with items used most frequently closest to hand,’ says Gray Walker, founder, <a href="https://www.graywalkerinteriors.com/studio" target="_blank"><u>Gray Walker Interiors</u></a>.</p><p>Think about proximity to the fridge for grocery unloading, controlling shelf depth so items don’t vanish at the back, and choosing between walk-in versus tall cabinet pantries based on space efficiency, not aspiration. If you want clutter-free counters, consider power inside for small appliances, but plan ventilation if they generate heat.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-appliances-and-integration"><span>Appliances and Integration</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="HKZAXJMZ6682S9rkd3X5mM" name="005 Sub-Zero & Wolf 3" alt="dark grey kitchen with zigzag floor tiles and dark marble and open fridge" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HKZAXJMZ6682S9rkd3X5mM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">Integrated appliances allow this run of cabinetry to read as one seamless wall, maintaining a clean, uninterrupted look. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Sub-Zero & Wolf)</span></figcaption></figure><p><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/kitchens/appliances">Kitchen appliance</a> selection should be planned alongside the layout. In US kitchens, especially – where 36-inch ranges, column refrigeration, and oversized fridges are common – appliances dictate cabinetry, clearances, ventilation, and circulation. </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-write-a-shopping-list"><span>Write a Shopping List</span></h3><p>Before design begins, lock in what you’re buying, or at least the category and size. ‘Don’t wait until the end of the project to select the appliances, make sure that’s the first thing you do,’ says Shae Wilder, manager of designer relations at <a href="https://www.bluestarcooking.com/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><u>BlueStar</u></a>. ‘Everything else can be built around it, including cabinetry and electrical requirements.’</p><p>Start with a dream wish list, then sense-check it against how you actually live. The goal isn’t maximum capacity, but the right capacity for the largest group you realistically cook for. Bigger isn’t always better – a huge oven cavity takes longer to preheat and can feel wasteful day to day, while two smaller ovens offer more flexibility. The same goes for dishwashers: in busy households, two that can be alternated may be more practical than one oversized model. Locking this down early avoids classic mistakes, like discovering your dream range needs more power or simply won’t fit.  </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-key-layout-drivers-to-decide-early"><span>Key Layout Drivers to Decide Early</span></h3><p>• Range width (30" vs 36")<br>• Refrigerator type (freestanding, built-in, or columns)<br>• Oven configuration (single, double, speed, steam)<br>• Ventilation approach (hood vs recirculating)<br>• Microwave style (drawer, built-in, hidden)<br>• Specialty add-ons (wine fridge, sous-vide, ice maker)</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-integrated-vs-freestanding"><span>Integrated vs Freestanding</span></h3><p>Your preferred installation style will shape the cabinetry and help narrow down appliance choices. Integrated appliances fit discreetly, creating a seamless, furniture-like look that works particularly well in open-plan kitchens – though you’ll need to budget for the cabinetry to house them. Freestanding models, by contrast, tend to act as focal points in their own right. ‘Do consider future adaptability – freestanding appliances can be simpler to upgrade,’ adds Nick Wikowske, US Regional Sales Manager, <a href="https://www.subzero-wolf.com/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><u>Sub-Zero & Wolf</u></a>.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-ventilation-considerations"><span>Ventilation Considerations</span></h3><p>Do you really need an extractor? The short answer is yes, especially if you cook regularly, use high heat, or have a powerful range. In open-plan layouts, ventilation isn’t just about steam, it also protects surrounding living areas from grease, odors, and heat.</p><p>Where ducted extraction isn’t possible – apartments, internal kitchens, or awkward structural layouts – recirculating systems can be a practical fallback. Filters have improved, but they do need regular cleaning to stay effective.</p><p>Venting cooktops, which combine cooking and extraction in one sleek unit and pull fumes downward, are very popular, especially among haters of overhead hoods. But because hot air rises, they’re not always ideal for heavy-duty searing or steaming.</p><p>One final consideration: powerful gas ranges may require make-up air systems to replace extracted air and maintain pressure balance, which can affect both cost and planning. ‘We always address ventilation at the same time as specifying a cooking appliance, as duct length, routing, and power requirements should never be treated as an afterthought,’ adds Nick from Sub-Zero & Wolf.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-sinks-and-faucets"><span>Sinks and Faucets</span></h3><p>Sink choice should reflect how you cook and clean. A single bowl is often more practical for large pans and sheet trays, while a double bowl can help with multitasking. Material matters, too: stainless steel is the most forgiving; fireclay and enamel are beautiful but can chip; and composite options vary widely by brand, with cheaper versions more prone to staining.</p><p>Placement is just as important. The sink should support both prep flow and dishwasher/dish-storage flow – not simply sit under the window for symmetry’s sake. And if cooking duties are shared, a secondary prep sink away from the main one can make a big difference.</p><p>Faucets are similarly driven by how you use the kitchen. A pull-down sprayer is never a bad idea, while touchless models can be brilliant with messy hands – just stick to a reliable brand to avoid headaches.</p><p>Instant hot water taps earn their keep in busy kitchens, streamlining everything from tea to pasta prep, though they do require space beneath the sink for the tank. Pot fillers look glamorous but are rarely essential. And a faucet with built-in filtration can save a fortune if you drink a lot of bottled water, unless your fridge already provides it.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-cabinets-colors-materials-and-finishes"><span>Cabinets: Colors, Materials and Finishes</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="fg9h5mKZDc5dguTcQtDJfU" name="006 Christina Lauren Designs_Trēvo Studios" alt="wood and white kitchen with marble island" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fg9h5mKZDc5dguTcQtDJfU.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">A two-tone scheme pairs crisp painted cabinetry above with warm timber below, bringing balance, depth and a more relaxed, layered feel to the kitchen. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Trēvo Studios/Christina Lauren Designs.)</span></figcaption></figure><p><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/kitchen-cabinet-ideas">Kitchen cabinetry</a> covers the largest vertical surface area in your kitchen, so it’s the thing you notice first. It’s also where you’re most vulnerable to trend regret. The most successful kitchens aren’t trendless; they’re adaptable.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-door-styles-and-proportions"><span>Door Styles and Proportions</span></h3><p>Taking <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/kitchen-cabinet-styles">cabinet door design</a> cues from the architecture is a good place to start and means box-fresh cabinets will feel like a natural fit from day one. Traditional homes suit <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/shaker-kitchen-ideas">Shaker style</a>, inset, or more detailed door profiles. Contemporary spaces work best with slab fronts or simplified Shaker. Transitional homes can flex either way, but proportions matter. Rail width, panel scale, and door thickness can be the difference between a kitchen that feels considered and one that looks cheap (even if it isn’t).</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-choosing-cabinet-colors"><span>Choosing Cabinet Colors</span></h3><p><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/kitchens/kitchen-trends-2026">Kitchen trends</a> are fun, cabinets are expensive. Christina Lopez, owner and creative director at <a href="https://www.christinalaurendesigns.com/copy-of-home" target="_blank"><u>Christina Lauren Designs</u></a>, advises aiming for longevity, not popularity. ‘When you start seeing a <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/kitchens/kitchen-color-trends-2026">kitchen color trend</a> pop up everywhere, I consider that a time to pause and look at alternatives that feel more personal,’ she says. </p><p>That doesn’t mean playing it safe to the point of blandness. Timeless might mean warm whites layered with natural wood, a deeper-toned island against lighter perimeter cabinetry, or muted colors that behave like neutrals. If you love a bolder shade, and live a colorful life generally, go ahead. Otherwise, use it strategically. A pantry, beverage zone, or backsplash is far easier to refresh than an entire kitchen’s worth of cabinetry.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-durability-vs-aesthetics"><span>Durability vs Aesthetics</span></h3><p>Choose your cabinet finish based on how realistically you’ll maintain it – and be honest with yourself. ‘Lacquer-painted kitchens usually require periodic maintenance, and matte or high lacquer finishes can be difficult to maintain, showing more imperfections over time,’ says Christina. Lighter-stained well-sealed woods, eggshell paint finishes and quality laminates are more forgiving. </p><p>Dark paint colors and finishes show up dust and dirt far more than pale, and framed doors are fiddlier to clean than flat slab doors. In busy kitchens (or if you’re a known perfectionist), prioritize materials that can be cleaned quickly and repaired or touched up rather than replaced.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-layer-like-a-pro"><span>Layer Like a Pro</span></h3><p>Layering finishes helps a kitchen feel rich and interesting rather than flat or one-note. It’s how pro designers add depth, warmth, and subtle contrast. There’s a fine balance though, too many competing materials can quickly lead to chaos. Christina favors natural materials to build richness without fuss. ‘Real stone and living finishes like unlacquered brass bring inherent depth and character without feeling busy,’ she explains. ‘Be thoughtful with your focal moments, treating the hood as a sculptural element and the hardware as jewelry. When each layer has a purpose, the result feels rich rather than overwhelming.’</p><p>A reliable framework for cabinetry is:</p><p>• One main cabinet finish<br>• One-two supporting finishes (often wood and/or a color shift on the island)<br>• One leading metal tone (via hardware, shadowlines or kickplates)</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-countertops-and-backsplashes"><span>Countertops and Backsplashes</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="haa3YpACU26YQwuB54SYZb" name="007 Home Sweet Happy Designs_Sarah Linden" alt="dark kitchen with marble tops and exposed stone wall" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/haa3YpACU26YQwuB54SYZb.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">A waterfall countertop wraps seamlessly down the sides of the island, creating a sculptural, continuous surface that adds weight and drama to the space. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Sarah Linden/Home Sweet Happy Designs)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This is often the hardest part to get right, and the hardest to undo. A misstep here can wind you up for years. The trick is to keep narrowing your options until you land on one smart, defensible decision based on looks, practicality, and cost.</p><p><strong>Ask three questions before committing to a surface:</strong><br>• How do you cook? (Chaotic with ingredients everywhere or OCD tidy?)<br>• How much maintenance will you tolerate? (Regular re-sealing, instant wiping, trivets and chopping boards for days?)<br>• Where do you want your budget to show most? (Countertops or backsplash?)</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-performance-first"><span>Performance First</span></h3><p>According to Maegan Ferraris, principal designer at <a href="https://homesweethappydesigns.com/" target="_blank"><u>Home Sweet Happy Designs</u></a>, lifestyle should always lead when it comes to <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/kitchen-countertop-ideas">kitchen countertops</a>. ‘Many clients are drawn to the romance of certain stones, but we walk them through performance, maintenance, and long-term wear,’ she explains. ‘Our goal is to select materials where beauty and durability align, and the kitchen feels effortless rather than precious.’</p><p>If low maintenance is high on your list, engineered surfaces are the smart choice, with porcelain currently leading the ‘near bulletproof’ pack. If you’re drawn to natural stone or living metal countertops such as brass or copper, go in with eyes open: they will patina, etch, chip/dent, and stain. Will you embrace it or rue the day? Quartzite is harder than marble, but much more expensive.</p><p>On tighter budgets, prioritize your hardest-working prep zones first, then consider introducing secondary surfaces elsewhere. Also think about switching surfaces according to use. Stone is good for pastry prep and timber is kinder on bare arms and crockery, making it a natural fit for breakfast bars. Modern laminates are a low-fuss, budget-friendly choice, and they’ve improved on the looks-front in recent years.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-should-kitchen-surfaces-match"><span>Should Kitchen Surfaces Match?</span></h3><p>When it comes to countertops and <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/kitchen-backsplash-ideas">backsplashes</a>, the decision ultimately comes down to the overall atmosphere you want to achieve. ‘Matching surfaces can feel refined and intentional, while thoughtful contrast on the vertical and horizontal feels layered and dynamic,’ explains Maegan. </p><p>In practice, matching works well when you’re aiming for calm and already have texture elsewhere in the scheme, while contrast can bring warmth and visual lift when the space needs it. It can also be a useful budget lever – if you’ve splurged on countertops, be more restrained on the backsplash, or vice versa.</p><p>Across kitchen countertops, the same logic applies. Matching all countertop surfaces creates cohesion, but it’s not essential. Introducing a different surface – on the island is logical – can help define zones and break up large surface expanses. Maegan recommends letting function lead. ‘If the island houses a sink or heavy prep zone, durability is key. If it functions more as a social hub, it may offer an opportunity for a slightly more expressive material choice,’ she says.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-flooring"><span>Flooring</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="Hd6wtDyDEdvgoke5JTERgh" name="008 Norman Design Group_Lauren Taylor" alt="wood kitchen with marble and black range cooker" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Hd6wtDyDEdvgoke5JTERgh.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">Patterned flooring adds visual interest underfoot, bringing movement and contrast to the scheme while helping to zone the cooking area within the wider living space. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Lauren Taylor/Norman Design Group)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Great <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/spaces/decorating/kitchen-flooring-ideas-208187">kitchen flooring</a> balances durability, comfort, and style. Common options include luxury vinyl tile (LVT), porcelain or ceramic tile, engineered wood, natural stone, and polished concrete, while softer textiles like carpet and sisal are better suited to areas away from cooking and splash zones. Manmade flooring is generally more durable and low-maintenance than natural materials, which require more care. Start with how you live – spills, pets, and daily chaos – rather than how you want it to look.</p><p><strong>Key considerations include:</strong><br>• Slip resistance, especially near sinks and exterior doors<br>• Comfort underfoot – kitchens are standing-heavy rooms<br>• Acoustic impact, especially in open-plan layouts<br>• Subfloor compatibility, particularly with underfloor heating<br>• Repairability if a section becomes damaged<br>• Stain and dirt resistance<br>• Cleaning and maintenance levels</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-do-you-need-the-same-flooring-throughout"><span>Do You Need the Same Flooring Throughout?</span></h3><p>Not necessarily, both approaches have their merits. ‘Continuous flooring is powerful because it expands sight lines, creates a sense of calm, and enhances perceived scale. It also allows the architecture and furnishings to take center stage,’ explains Phil Norman, design director, <a href="https://www.normandesigngroup.com/team" target="_blank"><u>Norman Design Group</u></a>. ‘Flooring transitions, on the other hand, allow you to define function without physically dividing rooms. A material shift can create a subtle distinction between kitchen, dining, and living areas, but it must be intentional to be successful.’ Keep tones aligned and place transitions where the layout naturally shifts.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-lighting-and-atmostphere"><span>Lighting and Atmostphere</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="LLiNjAReybdMViKUVmSWk6" name="009 Susie Novak_R Brad Knipstein" alt="off-white kitchen with wood herringbone floors" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LLiNjAReybdMViKUVmSWk6.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">Layered lighting combines pendants, wall lights and subtle task illumination to create a warm, flexible kitchen that works from prep to entertaining. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: R Brad Knipstein/Susie Novak Interiors)</span></figcaption></figure><p><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/spaces/decorating/kitchen-lighting-ideas-203134">Kitchen lighting</a> is the difference between a kitchen design that feels inviting and one that feels like a dentist’s waiting room. Start by assessing the natural light, with the aim of eliminating dark corners and gloom. Where does daylight enter? Where do shadows fall across prep areas? Tall cabinetry, for example, can interrupt the flow of daylight and may need rethinking. If natural light is limited, consider whether glass doors or a skylight could bring more daylight into the room.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-when-planning-electric-lighting-think-in-layers"><span>When Planning Electric Lighting, Think in Layers</span></h3><p><strong>Task lighting</strong> for prep and cooking <br><strong>Ambient lighting</strong> for general room glow <br><strong>Accent lighting</strong> to add depth and atmosphere </p><p>Wire each layer on a separate, dimmable lighting circuit so they can be switched independently. The goal is flexibility: bright and practical during prep, intimate and atmospheric at night. ‘Lately, I’ve been incorporating sconces and lamps in unexpected places, near windows, tucked beside cabinetry, even above open shelving,’ adds Susie Novak, founder of <a href="https://www.susienovakinteriors.com/about-us" target="_blank"><u>Susie Novak Interiors</u></a>. ‘They soften the room and introduce a residential glow that feels layered and inviting.’ </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-color-and-light-are-inseparable"><span>Color and Light are Inseparable</span></h3><p>Cabinetry color choices actively shape how light behaves and the overall atmosphere. ‘I gravitate toward wood cabinetry because it absorbs and reflects light in a way that feels warm and grounded, especially under soft, warm lighting temperatures,’ says Susie.</p><p>Darker cabinetry can also be incredibly beautiful when thoughtfully lit. Instead of disappearing, it becomes moody and dimensional, especially when layered with warm task and accent lighting. ‘The key is harmony: pairing the right light temperature with the cabinet tone and ensuring a mix of ceiling, wall, and integrated lighting so the atmosphere can evolve from day to night,’ she adds.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-budget-timing-and-sequencing"><span>Budget, Timing and Sequencing</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:133.33%;"><img id="FA3PfkwF4KA48wCp8qUXyD" name="010 Tom Stringer Design Partners_Werner Straube" alt="grey and white kitchen with large island and double chandeliers" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/t:0,l:374,cw:1500,ch:2000,q:80/FA3PfkwF4KA48wCp8qUXyD.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2400" height="2000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="caption-text">Balancing spend across the scheme is key, investing in hardworking elements like cabinetry and worktops while keeping finishes and fittings more considered. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Werner Straube/Tom Stringer Design Partners)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Designing a kitchen well isn’t just about beautiful finishes, it’s about making decisions in the right order. Budgets unravel and compromises creep in when important choices are delayed, or money is spent in the wrong places. </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-where-to-spend"><span>Where to Spend</span></h3><p>Invest in the fundamentals you’ll notice every day: smart storage (drawers, pantry planning, trash pull-outs), good ventilation (especially in open-plan homes), and <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/kitchens/the-three-kitchen-lighting-rule">layered lighting</a>. If you cook often, prioritize countertops in your main prep area – you interact with that surface constantly.</p><p>It’s also worth stretching the budget on touchpoints, like faucets, <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/kitchens/where-is-the-best-place-to-buy-kitchen-cabinet-hardware">cabinet hardware</a>, switches, and outlets, because you use them daily. Well-made fittings have a weight and precision you can feel; cheaper ones tend to disappoint with every use.</p><p>For time-saving upgrades, consider an instant hot water tap, induction cooktops, and self-cleaning ovens.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-where-to-save"><span>Where to Save</span></h3><p>One of the simplest ways to trim costs is to reduce quantity rather than quality. You can still choose a beautiful marble backsplash – just concentrate it where it has impact instead of running it everywhere.</p><p>You can also economize on elements with no moving parts. Static pieces are less likely to impact daily performance, so this is where smart substitutions make sense. For example, credible ‘designer-inspired’ retail pieces – bar stools, pendants, and accessories – can deliver the look without the luxury markup.</p><p>Be honest about technology, too. If you won’t genuinely use specialty features like sous-vide modes, rotisseries or teppanyaki griddles, don’t pay for them. If you only ever use two oven functions, a simpler model from a reputable brand may serve you better than the spendy top-tier version loaded with settings you’ll ignore.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-decisions-to-make-early"><span>Decisions to Make Early </span></h3><p>Early decisions protect the entire project. ‘We always start with the appliances and sinks,’ says John Cialone, Partner and VP at <a href="https://www.tomstringer.com/about" target="_blank"><u>Tom Stringer Design Partners</u></a>. ‘The design team needs to know where they’re going, their exact sizes, and any requirements such as space for water filters or special wiring before they can design the layout and cabinetry.’ Any late-stage changes to these will have costly implications for both budget and schedule.</p><p>You can afford to dither over decisions that won’t derail the build – hardware, pendant styles (as long as wiring is set), backsplash finishes, wall paint colors, and window treatments, provided they’re not motorized.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-sequencing-pitfalls-that-cost"><span>Sequencing Pitfalls that Cost</span></h3><p>The classic mistakes are ordering cabinets before confirming appliances and venting, under-planning power so extra outlets end up awkwardly visible, and finalizing lighting too late so fixtures land in the wrong spots. </p><p>‘Deciding on the countertop edge profile and thickness too late can also trigger knock-on changes to overall counter height, appliance compatibility, and even cabinetry detailing,’ adds John. And if you don’t specify storage in time, you may miss out. ‘Specialist internal dividers and pull outs, toe kick ladders and storage, and hidden niches and appliance garages all require specific planning that are hard to add in later,’ John explains.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-descision-timeline"><span>Descision Timeline</span></h3><p><strong>First (concept stage)</strong><br>• Confirm layout and major structural changes<br>• Decide appliance types and sizes<br>• Fix sink location and plumbing feasibility<br>• Agree ventilation strategy<br>• Choose cabinetry design and finish </p><p><strong>Before cabinetry is ordered</strong><br>• Finalize appliance models and specifications<br>• Confirm sink, faucet, and any filtration needs<br>• Lock in electrical plan (including island outlets and appliance power)<br>• Decide countertop material type, thickness, and edge profile<br>• Specify internal storage (drawer inserts, pull-outs, appliance garages)<br>• Agree flooring spec and finished floor height</p><p><strong>Before rough-in</strong><br>• Finalize lighting plan and fixture locations<br>• Confirm hood duct routing<br>• Approve cabinetry drawings in detail<br>• Countertops (if pre-order is required)</p><p><strong>After cabinetry is installed </strong><br>• Final slab selection and veining direction (if applicable), cut outs and joint placement<br>• Cabinet hardware<br>• Pendant and decorative lighting styles (if wiring is set)<br>• Backsplash material <br>• Paint colors (walls, also cabinets if painting on site)<br>• Bar stools and accessories</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-common-kitchen-design-mistakes"><span>Common Kitchen Design Mistakes</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:120.00%;"><img id="EaLdP9fQgPGqfZ493uC3ZL" name="011 McQuaide Co_Matt Kisiday" alt="off-white kitchen with island and wood flooring" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EaLdP9fQgPGqfZ493uC3ZL.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A generous island is paired with globe pendants and a playful blue-and-white tiled backsplash, adding character to this otherwise classic design. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matt Kisiday/McQuaide Co)</span></figcaption></figure><p>This is the section designers could write in their sleep, because they see the same <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/kitchens/kitchen-design-mistakes">kitchen design mistakes</a> on repeat. Consider it your final checkpoint before sign-off.</p><p><strong>1. Too much island, not enough kitchen.</strong> A supersized island can dominate a room, shrink walkways, and steal space from perimeter storage. If it’s mostly seating, you may be sacrificing prep space and drawers, and vice versa. </p><p><strong>2. Not enough storage, or the wrong kind.</strong> ‘Determine the exact amount of storage you need. You cannot easily add more once the kitchen is installed,’ says Kaitlin McQuaide, founder of <a href="https://www.mcquaide.co/about" target="_blank"><u>McQuaide Co</u></a>. ‘Empty cabinets are wasteful; insufficient ones are worse. Take inventory of what you own and design around it.’</p><p><strong>3. Too many competing materials.</strong> ‘It can be very tempting to make every surface feel special, and while each selection may be beautiful individually, together they often compete,’ says Kaitlin. ‘Layering creates depth, but only when finishes share a common language.’ </p><p><strong>4. Poor lighting.</strong> One layer of ceiling lighting makes kitchens feel flat and harsh. Under-cabinet lighting isn’t a luxury; it’s what makes prep practical and evenings inviting.</p><p><strong>5. Ignoring circulation.</strong> If your kitchen is a thoroughfare to the patio or garage, protect the cook zone. A layout that works only when nobody is moving isn’t a good layout.</p><p><strong>6. Planning in isolation</strong>. A kitchen can look perfect on paper but fail once it meets the existing architecture. ‘If you only discover on installation day that the cabinetry crown molding collides awkwardly with the ceiling trim or an end panel hits the baseboard at the wrong height, you risk losing that polished finish,’ says Kaitlin.</p><p><strong>7. Overlooking longevity</strong> – a kitchen should last at least a decade without feeling dated. ‘Keep it simple; not every element needs to make a statement,’ advises Kaitlin. Select finishes and fittings that can be repaired rather than replaced and avoid novelty that locks you into one look.</p><p><strong>8. Designing for your fantasy life.</strong> ‘The most successful kitchens align with the real habits and daily routines of the people using them. Get that right, and the rest should fall into place,’ concludes Kaitlin.</p><p>The biggest mistake of all? <strong>Trying to do it alone.</strong> Even if you’ve renovated before, a skilled kitchen designer will spot issues you can’t see when you’re deep in the details – preventing costly regrets. That outside perspective is often the difference between a kitchen that’s simply beautiful and one that truly works for every task. </p><p>Take time to design it well, and your kitchen won’t just be a place to cook. It will become the room everyone naturally drifts toward – and your favorite room in the house – for many years to come.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ The Library: The Key Principles That Define a Well-Designed Home – And Why They Work ]]></title>
                                                                                                                                                                                                <link>https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/the-principles-of-interior-design</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ When you understand the key interior design principles, you can take confidence in your design decisions, trust your gut, and create a space that feels like home ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">4pzf5DUdyaBfhQew7Y4egW</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Dprmf4eyMWt62yU94Bz4cm-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 17 Dec 2025 15:30:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Wed, 17 Jun 2026 11:51:23 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Decor]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Millie Hurst ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rBopxoMACoMGAdsS5jmkeG.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Millie is a freelance writer and qualified interior designer based in Sheffield. She has many years of experience in the world of content and marketing, and previously worked as the head of &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.homesandgardens.com/solved&quot;&gt;Solved&lt;/a&gt; at &lt;em&gt;Homes &amp; Gardens&lt;/em&gt;. Before that, she worked in SEO at &lt;em&gt;News UK&lt;/em&gt; in London and New York. She has a first-class degree in French and Italian from UCL and loves to weave decor into her home that reminds her of time spent living and studying in Bologna. Outside of work, she likes cycling in the Peak District, going to a weekly life drawing class, and (slowly) learning the piano. Millie believes a clutter-free space that you love coming home every day is the best secret weapon for our well-being.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Dprmf4eyMWt62yU94Bz4cm-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Sean Symington]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[country living room with pink walls and patterned furnishings]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[country living room with pink walls and patterned furnishings]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[country living room with pink walls and patterned furnishings]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Dprmf4eyMWt62yU94Bz4cm-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Interior design might sound simple – picking colors, furniture, layouts, all lovely choices to make – that is, until you <em>actually</em> have to design a room from scratch. It’s both an art and a science, and, as with any subject, once you understand the fundamentals, everything else becomes infinitely easier.</p><p>Decorating a room is a bit like creating a three-dimensional piece of artwork that can withstand the comings and goings of family life and the wear and tear that comes with it. From color palettes and fabrics to lighting and layouts, there really is a lot going on, and without knowing the best <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/interior-design-tips">interior design tips</a>, it’s easy to doubt yourself and become overwhelmed before you’ve even begun.</p><p>So, in this month’s <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/uk/tag/the-library"><em>The Library</em></a>, we are going back to basics and walking you through the five key principles of interior design: balance, rhythm, emphasis, proportion and scale, and harmony. Learn the essential principles and get ready to make better design decisions that result in a beautiful, functional space that feels like you.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-essentials"><span>The Essentials</span></h2><p>As with any design ‘rules,’ they are never set in stone – never to be followed so tightly that a home feels overly curated. Designer <a href="https://seansymington.com/" target="_blank">Sean Symington</a> summarizes it perfectly:</p><p>‘I think rules in design are there to be bent, and if you’d like, broken altogether,’ comments Sean. ‘Character is what makes a room feel personal, and sometimes the most interesting spaces come from choosing something unexpected.’</p><p>‘That said, I always come back to the core principles of design to anchor a scheme. They provide the foundation, and once that’s in place, you have the freedom to layer personality, texture, and a bit of rebellion.’</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-balance"><span>Balance</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:60.00%;"><img id="QkVYQVfQF8REkoAAbgsPWT" name="balance living rooms" alt="two living room images with a symmetrical design" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QkVYQVfQF8REkoAAbgsPWT.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QkVYQVfQF8REkoAAbgsPWT.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Julie Leffell Photography / Madison Hudson Design, Kathy Kuo)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are three types of <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/balance-in-interior-design">balance in interior design</a>: symmetrical, asymmetrical, and radial. When you use these well, it makes your space feel ‘just right’ when you walk in. So if a room feels ‘off’ or uncomfortable, it could well be that it’s off-balance.</p><p><strong>Symmetrical balance</strong> is the classic crowd-pleaser that never fails to make a space feel calm and orderly – you can draw a vertical or horizontal line through the room and each side will feel equally weighted. ‘There is something so appealing about a symmetrical living room with matching sofas facing each other, and a pair of elegant sconces flanking a sculptural statement mirror above the fireplace,’ says Kathy Kuo of <a href="https://www.kathykuohome.com/" target="_blank">Kathy Kuo Home</a>.</p><p>Shake up a symmetrical layout with a lamp in a different color or a cushion with a different pattern, just to inject some character and playfulness and prevent it from falling flat. ‘It’s just as important to know when to break up the symmetry through the use of decorative elements,’ agrees Kathy.</p><p>‘I love adding a dramatic mural to introduce depth and visual intrigue on the walls. Unexpected artistic elements, like large-scale sculptural objects with unique silhouettes, bring energy and a welcome sense of drama. While <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/news/symmetry-in-interior-design">symmetry</a> is the foundation, asymmetrical components become the feature.’</p><p>Playing with <strong>asymmetry</strong> when decorating will give your space a ‘stylish but lived-in artist’s apartment’ vibe rather than a prim and proper show home feel. You can create asymmetry by using different elements that have the same visual weight overall. For example, style alcoves in your living room with one bold, statement piece of artwork on one side and shelves full of smaller decorative objects on the other. The sides won’t be a mirror image of each other, but they’ll read as balanced.</p><p>Lastly, we have <strong>radial balance</strong>, which is much less common but visually striking. You’ll often see it in <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/spaces/decorating/dining-room-ideas-224005">dining rooms</a> – for example, a circular table in the center of the room with chairs around it, or a circular, sunken living room. In radial balance, everything is based around one circular focal point, which draws the eye inward. If you had a large, circular pendant light, you could use radial balance by arranging curved sofas beneath it.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-rhythm"><span>Rhythm</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ynqtHFd3ZjfEBonkJoF2pR" name="rhythm living room" alt="green, color-drenched living room with beige couch and dining table" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ynqtHFd3ZjfEBonkJoF2pR.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3200" height="1800" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ynqtHFd3ZjfEBonkJoF2pR.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Julie Leffell Photography / Emily Shron / Frances Bailey)</span></figcaption></figure><p><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/rhythm-in-interior-design">Rhythm in interior design</a> is the visual ‘beat’ of a room, and you can create it through <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/repetition-in-interior-design">repetition</a> and predictability. Bring rhythm to your space by repeating colors, patterns, and shapes, and spacing them out evenly.</p><p>Sometimes, the architecture of your room creates rhythm for you, such as evenly spaced beams on the ceiling or the steps on a staircase. In the example above, the repeated line of the ceiling beams is echoed in the lines on the back of the sofa, and even in the stripes in the curtains. Wood paneling on the walls and door also creates a sense of rhythm.</p><p>A simple way to add some rhythm is through your lighting choices. For instance, you can hang a row of identical pendants over your kitchen island. You can also create rhythm through alternation – for example, light and dark cushions on a sofa, or bathroom tiles in a checkerboard pattern.</p><p>Alternatively, you could consider using progression: think a gallery wall up a staircase, with prints and photographs arranged in a rising ‘stair’ pattern.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-emphasis"><span>Emphasis</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="6H43U2fJuuL4KYf7qtnvw4" name="emphasis living room" alt="living room with statement fireplace" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6H43U2fJuuL4KYf7qtnvw4.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3200" height="1800" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6H43U2fJuuL4KYf7qtnvw4.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Elizabeth Drake / Margaret Rajic)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Emphasis is both the easiest principle to spot in the wild and the easiest to get your head around. It’s essentially about creating a <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/designer-hans-lorei-on-the-importance-of-focal-points">focal point</a> that draws the eye and makes a statement – such as a dramatic fireplace, a large window, an oversized ceiling light, or a feature wall. When emphasis is done right, it’s 100% clear where to look first, as in the example above by Elizabeth Drake, with the striking fireplace stealing the show.</p><p>‘Our mind likes to connect the dots in a room, such as color, shape, or texture – and a dominant design feature gives the eye a starting point,’ explains Elizabeth Drake of <a href="https://www.elizabethdrake.com/" target="_blank">Elizabeth Drake Interiors</a>. ‘At the beginning, I ask myself – what is this space asking for, and where is the wow in it?’</p><p>‘Usually, I answer that call with one of these design elements – interesting color choices for walls and trim, or a large, unusual “objet,” such as the sheathing of this box fireplace with large mosaic marble triangles [pictured above], teeing up the color palette. Or installing the unexpected, such as wallpaper on the ceiling with a contrasting chandelier.’</p><p>Lauren Saab of <a href="https://www.saabstudios.design/" target="_blank">Saab Studios</a> explains that <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/emphasis-in-interior-design">emphasis in interior design</a> is important because it creates order and visual hierarchy. ‘Once you’ve established a clear focal point, every other item in the room should support that focal point. The room instantly feels intentional rather than accidental. Emphasis is what allows a room to pull all the details into focus and tell its complete story.’</p><p>Most rooms have a built-in focal point – Lauren recommends letting the room’s architecture tell you where the important moments belong. ‘The windows, the wall heights, the natural sightlines all point to where your focal points should live,’ she says. You can also create one by hanging a large chandelier, placing a statement centerpiece on your dining table, or opting for a couch that dominates the space. Alternatively, you can use artwork, which Lauren says is one of the easiest and fastest ways to create emphasis in any space.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-proportion-and-scale"><span>Proportion and Scale</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="eEZZ4ZtEBZADkjLnLZggAm" name="proportion living room" alt="neutral living room with alcove shelving and large fireplace and artwork" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eEZZ4ZtEBZADkjLnLZggAm.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3200" height="1800" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eEZZ4ZtEBZADkjLnLZggAm.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Julie Leffell Photography / Peltrie Place)</span></figcaption></figure><p><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/news/scale-in-interior-design">Scale in interior design</a> refers to how big your furniture or artwork is, and proportion is about the relationship between these sizes. They are both key elements of a successful scheme. ‘Proportion and scale are two of the most fundamental principles in design,’ says Sean Symington. ‘When they’re right, a room immediately feels grounded and harmonious.’</p><p>Playing with scale is a trick that interior designers and decorators use to create a high-impact space. Often, people wrongly assume that small rooms should have equally small furniture when, in fact, it is quite the opposite – the bigger, the better.</p><p>Using a contrasting scale can be done simply – with a large piece of furniture, artwork, a lamp or pendant light, a pattern on a cushion, or an accessory within a room. It takes your scheme to a whole new level – and it’s a technique the world’s leading interior designers employ to fabulous effect.</p><p>Choosing large items can make a small room feel a whole lot larger and more impactful than it really is, and of course, a single disruptive, super-sized feature is instantly attention-grabbing. If your room isn’t quite working, it could be that there’s a piece that’s too big or too small, or you might just have too many items of the same size, making things feel cluttered.</p><p>‘Whether it’s the height of a headboard, the size of a sofa, or the width of a rug, these elements need to relate to each other and to the architecture of the room,’ says Sean. Tweak those proportions slightly and transform the space from awkward to beautifully balanced.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-harmony"><span>Harmony</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="X4QVaHeNUXC2u4P79gQCnE" name="harmony kitchen" alt="neutral kitchen with marble surfaces and wooden cabinetry" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/X4QVaHeNUXC2u4P79gQCnE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3200" height="1800" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/X4QVaHeNUXC2u4P79gQCnE.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Julie Leffell Photography / Tami Wassong)</span></figcaption></figure><p>We often talk about ‘cohesion’ in interior design, and that’s ultimately what harmony is about. Bringing all the different elements of your scheme together in a way that’s cohesive, not chaotic. This can be achieved by using the same colour, materials, and design styles – a ‘red thread’ throughout your home. </p><p>‘Harmony is what makes a room feel welcoming and settled. It’s the underlying sense that everything in the space is speaking the same language, even if the pieces come from different eras or aesthetics,’ explains Kristina Khersonsky of <a href="https://studiokeeta.com/" target="_blank">Studio Keeta</a>.</p><p>‘It’s also about knowing that not every piece can be the star,’ Kristina adds. ‘A room full of “main characters” ends up overwhelming the senses. You need supporting actors, pieces that are quieter, simpler, or scaled down, to let the standout moments shine.’</p><p>You could choose to create harmony through sticking to a moody, autumnal color palette throughout, choosing one clear design style, or having all of your home’s power outlets, taps and door handles in aged brass. Kristina recommends painting both the walls and the ceiling in the same color to create a cohesive envelope that feels elevated and considered. ‘It’s one of the fastest ways to take a room from basic to thoughtfully designed,’ she assures.</p><p>When harmony works, your space feels unified and easy to be in, with a shared design language flowing through each room. </p><p>We often talk about ‘cohesion’ in interior design, and that’s ultimately what <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/how-to-pull-a-room-together-to-create-a-harmonious-space">harmony</a> is about – bringing all the different elements of your scheme together in a way that’s cohesive, not chaotic. This can be achieved by using the same color, materials, and design styles – a <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/red-thread-theory">‘red thread’</a> throughout your home.</p><p>‘Harmony is what makes a room feel welcoming and settled. It’s the underlying sense that everything in the space is speaking the same language, even if the pieces come from different eras or aesthetics,’ explains Kristina Khersonsky of <a href="https://studiokeeta.com/" target="_blank">Studio Keeta</a>.</p><p>‘It’s also about knowing that not every piece can be the star,’ Kristina adds. ‘A room full of “main characters” ends up overwhelming the senses. You need supporting actors – pieces that are quieter, simpler, or scaled down – to let the standout moments shine.’</p><p>You could choose to create harmony by sticking to a moody, autumnal color palette throughout, choosing one clear design style, or having all of your home’s power outlets, taps, and door handles in aged brass. Kristina recommends painting both the walls and the ceiling in the same color to create a cohesive envelope that feels elevated and considered. ‘It’s one of the fastest ways to take a room from basic to thoughtfully designed,’ she assures.</p><p>When harmony works, your space feels unified and easy to be in, with a shared design language flowing through each room.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-rules-to-remember"><span>Rules to Remember</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  extended-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:60.00%;"><img id="houpN2Q3BfcZ4PavhFFZ7e" name="kitchen and dining table" alt="split image of a kitchen area and dining table" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/houpN2Q3BfcZ4PavhFFZ7e.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="extended expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/houpN2Q3BfcZ4PavhFFZ7e.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" extended-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: PBF Homes / Lara Kimmerer)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-1-live-in-a-space-first"><span>1. Live in a Space First</span></h3><p>If you have recently moved into a space, hold off on decorating immediately. It’s best to live in the rooms before making any design decisions – that way you’ll know the coziest corners, the spaces people gravitate to, and how the light moves throughout the day.</p><p>‘We always encourage our clients to live in a space first before they make any expensive or architectural changes,’ agrees interior designer <a href="https://www.samanthatodhunter.com/" target="_blank"><u>Samantha Todhunter</u></a>. ‘It is important to not only understand the circulation and flow, but also to define what it is you need from your space, and how you would like it to perform.’</p><p>Elizabeth Drake also recommends checking the natural daylight. ‘Let it guide your color palette – i.e., a <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/what-are-the-best-colors-for-north-facing-rooms">north-facing room</a> tends to be cool; the light is slightly blue, which can be balanced with a warm color, no matter how pale,’ she says.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-2-always-start-with-your-layout"><span>2. Always Start with Your Layout</span></h3><p>The first step in any design needs to be your layout – and this is where <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/advice/how-to-work-with-an-interior-designer">working with a professional interior designer</a> can really help. We become so accustomed to how our home looks that we are unable to visualize alternatives, but a designer will look at the space with a fresh perspective and be able to suggest something that works better and improves your quality of life.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-focus-on-balance"><span>3. Focus on Balance</span></h3><p>'The most important principle to follow is intentional balance,' says Pam Forman of <a href="https://www.pbfhomes.com/" target="_blank">PBF Homes</a>. 'While rules like 60-30-10 are a great starting point for achieving a balanced color scheme, the core concept is to ensure that no single element overpowers the others, and every choice works together to create a cohesive and curated space.'</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-4-prioritize-plenty-of-storage"><span>4. Prioritize Plenty of Storage</span></h3><p>When designing a space from scratch, give yourself double the storage you think you’ll need. Future you will thank you forever. We might aspire to live minimalist, clutter-free lifestyles, but it’s important to be realistic and create space to store our belongings. Ample storage reduces home-organizing headaches and creates the illusion of order.</p><p>‘As two moms, we always think about storage needs, especially in a family room where most of the daily living happens,’ comment Allyson Bronner and Robyn Segal of <a href="https://www.peltrieplace.com/" target="_blank">Peltrie Place</a>. ‘From puzzles and books to toys and extra blankets, it’s nice having the space for extra items and all the little things. We consider every way a family might use the space and tailor the built-ins and layout to support those needs.’</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-5-go-big-with-your-rugs"><span>5. Go Big with Your Rugs</span></h3><p>‘Rugs must be sized to truly fit a room. Always,’ says Kathy Kuo. ‘The perfect rug doesn’t just finish a design – it elevates the way a space feels and functions.</p><p>‘It anchors the furniture, enhances the flow of the room, and brings a sense of cohesion that simply isn’t possible with a rug that’s too small or not proportioned correctly.’</p><p>‘Here are a few general guidelines to follow to choose a rug that’s just the right size for your space. In a living room or family room, the rug should extend underneath each piece of furniture, with either the front legs or all legs of sofas and chairs positioned on top.</p><p>‘In a dining room, the rug should be big enough to place all the dining chairs on it, even when the chairs are pulled out from the table. In a bedroom, the rug should extend about 28 inches beyond the foot and sides of your bed (if space allows) and up to the front of the nightstands.’</p><h2 id="faqs">FAQs</h2><section class="article__schema-question"><h3>What are the three Fs of interior design?</h3><article class="article__schema-answer"><p>The three Fs of interior design are the <strong>floor plan, finishes, and fixtures</strong> in a space. In other words, they are the layout, the materials used, and the finishing touches that tie the space together with a pretty, metaphorical bow.</p><p>Heather Kellow, founder and principal designer at <a href="https://4spacesdesign.com/about" target="_blank">Four Spaces Design</a>, swears by this rule to help clients visualize the design journey. ‘I often tell my clients that a floor plan is our map,’ she says.</p><p>‘Just like you would not take a road trip without knowing where you are going, a floor plan is much like that and helps you avoid house layout mistakes early on. There is often more than one way to successfully lay out your space, and the floor plan helps to visualize that for your client.</p><p>‘The floor plan is also where we communicate all the details and notes to trades who will be working with us to execute the design,’ she adds.</p></article></section><section class="article__schema-question"><h3>What is the 60/30/10 rule?</h3><article class="article__schema-answer"><p>If you’re just looking to keep things in proportion rather than making a statement, you can lean on the golden ratio, which appears in nature, art and architecture. The idea filters down to the <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/advice/60-30-10-rule">60/30/10 rule</a>: </p><p><strong>60% </strong>– the main element, such as the wall colour, large furniture and flooring.</p><p><strong>30%</strong> – secondary elements, like an accent chair, curtains and other textiles</p><p><strong>10%</strong> – highlights, like decor and accessories</p><p>It's a good idea to use the 60/30/10 rule when choosing your color palette. Take a dominant color for the walls, a secondary color to create visual interest, and an accent color to create intentional focal points. </p></article></section><p><em><strong>The Homes & Gardens Library is your definitive guide to timeless design wisdom. From choosing the perfect sofa to mastering the fundamentals of layout, each piece in the series draws on expert insight to guide you through the key principles of interior design. Thoughtfully curated yet easy to digest, it’s the essential reference for anyone looking to create a home that is beautiful, practical, and enduring.</strong></em></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ The Library: How to Get Your Living Room Layout Right – Interior Designers' Golden Rules for Planning the Perfect Space ]]></title>
                                                                                                                                                                                                <link>https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/the-library-how-to-design-the-perfect-living-room-layout</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Before choosing fabrics or finishes, master the fundamentals of your living room layout with our ultimate guide ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">jbZ2WH64M2PzXKgTqfS8CZ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hSNT7VTAm6WZRFor6MQBEC-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 08 Nov 2025 23:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Wed, 17 Jun 2026 11:51:53 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Living Rooms]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Decor]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Rooms]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Charlotte Olby ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/46osvqToxdGfS5xyuVSxuY.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Charlotte is style and trends editor at Homes and Gardens and has been with the team since Christmas 2023. Following a 5 year career in Fashion, she found herself working at many women&#039;s glossy magazines including Grazia, Stylist, and Hello! as well as freelance styling for one very busy stint. Charlotte was the Interiors Editor at British heritage department store Liberty prior to her role at Homes &amp; Gardens, where she worked behind the scenes on the magic-making at Liberty.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, you&#039;ll find her working through the never-ending list of DIY jobs at home - from kitchen fitting to tiling and endless painting. Her personal interior style is ever-evolving, but she mostly admires designers with an eclectic, lived-in feeling that sparks joy like Beata Heuman and Studio Ashby.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hSNT7VTAm6WZRFor6MQBEC-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Frank &amp; Faber]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[large living room with painterly style botanical mural wallpaper, two large windows, built ins to the left, a neutral couch and a velvet curved couch with a black wooden rounded coffee table]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[large living room with painterly style botanical mural wallpaper, two large windows, built ins to the left, a neutral couch and a velvet curved couch with a black wooden rounded coffee table]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[large living room with painterly style botanical mural wallpaper, two large windows, built ins to the left, a neutral couch and a velvet curved couch with a black wooden rounded coffee table]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hSNT7VTAm6WZRFor6MQBEC-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>While color palettes and decor often steal the spotlight, what truly makes or breaks a living room is the layout. Get it right, and the space feels natural – everything flows, conversation happens easily, and there’s a sense of comfort. Get it wrong, and even the most beautifully designed rooms can feel awkward or disconnected.</p><p>So before you start picking paint swatches, arranging your furniture, or investing in new big-ticket pieces, it’s worth taking a step back to understand the fundamentals of what goes into creating a really great living room. </p><p>From defining a focal point and walkways to creating zones for hosting and relaxation, the goal is to build a <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/living-room-layout-ideas">living room layout</a> that is both practical and pretty. In this month's <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/tag/the-library">The Library</a>, we take you through everything you need to know before <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/advice/how-to-design-a-living-room">designing your living room</a>, lounge, or snug – for every <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/interior-design-styles-that-everyone-needs-to-know-about">interior design style</a> <em>and</em> square footage. Consider this your enrollment in Living Room Layouts 101.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-essentials"><span>The Essentials</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  full-width-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="QiD8BigrCVMseHd4jnWWx7" name="blackberry farm large living room" alt="large neutral living room with large windows, a stone fireplace with wooden built-ins in the alcoves, a large navy velvet couch with a rustic wooden sofa table and a huge rug" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QiD8BigrCVMseHd4jnWWx7.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3200" height="1800" attribution="" endorsement="" class="full-width"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" full-width-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Blackberry Farm Designs)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Getting the layout right is the foundation of a successful <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/spaces/decorating/living-room-ideas-222997">living room</a>. Before you even think about fabric or finishes, it’s the way furniture is arranged and space is used that dictates both how the room <strong>functions</strong> and how it <strong>feels.</strong> </p><p>Below, you'll find a guide to all the fundamental principles every designer considers first: from identifying a focal point and creating flow, to balancing proportions and defining zones with confidence.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-1-designing-around-a-focal-point"><span>1. Designing Around a Focal Point</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  full-width-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:60.00%;"><img id="mXgTpJpzgLFT8CoAJNU5FM" name="living room layout focal point" alt="side by side images with a neutral living room on the left with a tv above the fireplace, alcove shelves, and green armchairs on the left and a soft green reading nook space on the right" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mXgTpJpzgLFT8CoAJNU5FM.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="full-width"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" full-width-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Bethany Adams Interiors / Neptune)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Every room begins with a focal point. Something to give the scheme direction, purpose, and a starting block from which to build the layout and mood of the entire space. This can be something already in the room – like historic architecture, a fireplace, or a viewpoint – or an extra special piece, like statement <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/living-room-furniture-ideas">living room furniture</a>.</p><p>'In many homes, the <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/living-room-fireplace-ideas">living room fireplace</a> naturally takes on that role, so I tend to arrange seating around it to encourage conversation and flow,' says interior designer <a href="https://seansymington.com/" target="_blank">Sean Symington</a>. 'I also love to reinforce the fireplace’s importance by placing a large piece of art above it that ties together the colors used throughout the room.'</p><p>Designer <a href="https://laurengilberthorpeinteriors.com/about-interior-design-cotswolds" target="_blank">Lauren Gilberthorpe</a> recommends starting with the element that naturally draws attention: 'Whether that is a fireplace, a view, or a favorite artwork, and let the rest of the layout support it. If the fireplace is the focus, bring seating close enough to feel connected to the hearth without overcrowding it. Around two and a half to three meters between opposing sofas usually feels balanced,' she advises.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  full-width-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="K3dSEtGVJCmdVh57ZdU8Uo" name="living room layout focal point 2" alt="navy blue living room with custom bookcases built around a window with a nook seat, a velvet green couch, glossy coffee table and neutral tub chairs" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/K3dSEtGVJCmdVh57ZdU8Uo.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3200" height="1800" attribution="" endorsement="" class="full-width"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" full-width-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Camden Grace Interiors / Kiera Liu)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But what if you don't benefit from a clear focal point? If the room lacks an obvious feature, create one. A well-proportioned mirror, a statement light fitting, or a large-scale artwork can all provide that sense of focus.</p><p>'If you’re not fortunate enough to have architectural features like a fireplace, you can absolutely create your own focal point,' Sean suggests. 'A beautifully styled console with a pair of lamps and a striking painting can draw the eye just as effectively. Even a sofa can become the centerpiece, hang a gallery wall or a single, oversized artwork above it to anchor the layout.'</p><p>For designer Laura Lubin of <a href="https://seansymington.com/" target="_blank">Ellerslie Interiors</a>, she likes to begin with an "emotional anchor". 'That element the eye and heart are meant to land on first. It might be a fireplace, a sculptural window, or even a piece of art that sets the tone. Once identified, every other piece serves that focal point rather than competing with it.'</p><p><a href="https://www.bethanyadamsinteriors.com/about" target="_blank">Bethany Adams</a>, however, suggests that while it is important to consider the focal point, it shouldn't be at the expense of comfort or functionality.</p><p>'I've seen unfortunate setups where all the furniture is facing a spectacular view, but the people within the home have to crane their necks to speak to each other! Instead of pointing furniture at a focal point, make an effort to keep that area clear for optimal viewing, and position your furnishings in a way that makes sense for the space,' she advises. The aim is to give the eye a place to rest – and the furniture a logical reason for being where it is.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-2-plan-for-flow-and-movement"><span>2. Plan for Flow and Movement</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  full-width-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:60.00%;"><img id="yyQiqtBhZh67NRXCuoNeAV" name="living room layout flow 1" alt="side by side living room images - purple cozy living room on the left with a neutral and gray living room on the right" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yyQiqtBhZh67NRXCuoNeAV.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="full-width"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" full-width-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Oho Interiors / Allison Lind)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While we all hate dead space, there is absolutely a case for doing too much. A beautiful layout is one that feels effortless to move through and considers how people will enter and circulate the space without obstruction or awkwardness.</p><p>'Walkways and spacing are what give a home its natural rhythm and allow you to move easily within the space,' say <a href="https://ltainteriors.com/" target="_blank">Lynn, Alexa, and Tracy of LTA Interiors</a>. 'Aesthetically, think of spacing as a negative space in art, which defines shape, balance, and calm. Too tight, and the room feels tense; too wide, and it loses connection.'</p><p>'Aim for at least 36 inches of clearance in main walkways so two people can pass comfortably, and 18 to 24 inches between furniture pieces for an easy flow that still feels intimate,' they advise. 'In living areas, <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/living-rooms/how-to-choose-the-perfect-size-for-a-coffee-table">coffee tables</a> should sit about 18 inches from the sofa, close enough to reach your drink but far enough to stretch your legs.'</p><p>It turns out that the 18-inch rule is in many a designer's black book. 'I always allow around 18 inches between the coffee table and sofa… close enough to reach a drink, but generous enough for circulation,' agrees <a href="https://www.graywalkerinteriors.com/" target="_blank">Gray Walker</a>.</p><p><strong></strong><a href="https://www.aminteriordesign.com/" target="_blank">Aimee Meisgeier of AM Interior Design</a> agrees, adding: 'Adequate circulation space within your furniture layout design is an important component. I always keep in mind the spacing between pieces of furniture, such as 18 to 20 inches between the coffee table and upholstery pieces (sofa, occasional chairs, etc) or a minimum of 36 inches off a fireplace for combustibility sake and to ensure a clear pathway.'</p><p>While interior designer <a href="https://www.kathykuohome.com/Home/Info/about?" target="_blank">Kathy Kuo</a> adds: 'Sixteen inches between a sofa and coffee table (give or take a few inches!) tends to be the sweet spot. It leaves just the right amount of room to walk through while still easily being able to reach the coffee table while relaxing on the sofa.'</p><figure class="van-image-figure  full-width-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kSGtSkBzydwBGWB6VJNY2e" name="living room layout flow 2" alt="neutral living room with a red and white checkerboard rug, two neutral sofas facing each other and two small blue arm chairs" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kSGtSkBzydwBGWB6VJNY2e.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3200" height="1800" attribution="" endorsement="" class="full-width"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" full-width-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Emma Ainscough)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There a a few other key measurements to consider, too. After all, the couch to coffee table configuration isn't the only one in the space.</p><p>Kristen Wolff, principal at <a href="https://www.brandonarchitects.com/" target="_blank">Brandon Architects,</a><em> </em>says: 'You should never walk directly into the back of a sofa. If a main path of travel must cross behind seating, the sofa's back acts as a visual block and disrupts flow. To prevent this, we dedicate a minimum of 36 inches of clear space for primary circulation paths and pull seating away from the walls entirely.'</p><p>'For side tables, 4-6 inches from the sofa feels intentional without feeling cramped,' adds Laura Lubin. And for adding in additional chairs, Lauren Gilberthorpe recommends: 'When placing chairs opposite a sofa, aim for around 6-8 feet between them so that conversation feels natural without feeling distant.'</p><p>'Practical clearances are also crucial,' notes Marcelina Janiszewska from <a href="https://projectlondon.co.uk/" target="_blank">Project London</a>. 'Ensure that windows, blinds, shutters, or curtains can be operated easily, and consider the stacking space required for more elaborate treatments. Make sure radiators, cabinets, and window seats do not obstruct doors or drawers, and explore solutions such as sliding doors or open shelving to save space where needed.'</p><p>'Finally, leave ample negative space to provide a sense of breathing room between zones,' Marcelina suggests. 'Maintaining around 50 inches between areas in <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/open-plan-living-room-ideas">open-plan living rooms</a> allows each zone to feel defined while remaining visually connected. Using a scaled floor plan or a hand sketch can help you explore different options and achieve a harmonious overall layout.'</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-the-art-of-the-conversation-zone"><span>3. The Art of the Conversation Zone</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  full-width-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:60.00%;"><img id="UJbr3zLc8YqNNPLYptiJiL" name="living room layout conversation" alt="side by side living room interiors with a vintage collected neutral living room on the left and a soft green color drenched living room on the right with an L shaped couch" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UJbr3zLc8YqNNPLYptiJiL.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="full-width"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" full-width-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Ellerslie Interiors / Bethany Adams Interiors)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A living room should invite connection. Whether you’re hosting guests or spending time with family, the furniture arrangement plays a crucial role in encouraging conversation and comfort. The goal is to create a layout where people can see and hear each other easily, without feeling too far apart or too crowded.</p><p>This can be approached by simply anchoring everything around the main couch area, or by creating smaller zones designed for more intimate conversations.</p><p>'I think of a conversation zone as more of a feeling than a setup,' says <a href="https://www.alissajohnsoninteriors.com/" target="_blank">Alissa Johnson of Alissa Johnson Interiors</a>. 'It’s really about creating a space where people naturally lean in and connect. The seating doesn’t have to be in a perfect circle, just close enough for easy conversation. Warm lighting, softer textures, and a few surfaces for a drink or game make it feel relaxed and lived-in. Even something as simple as adjusting the lighting or having a rug can help define the area and make it feel inviting without overthinking it.'</p><p>'A conversation-friendly living room balances flow, proximity, and flexibility,' says Marcelina. 'Start by considering how people move through the space and where they naturally gather. Seating should allow everyone to see each other comfortably without turning or stretching.'</p><p>'Sofas, chairs, and ottomans can be angled inward to create pockets where people naturally lean in and chat,' she suggests. 'A helpful guide is the 2:1 rule, which means that for every sofa, add two chairs or equivalent seating. This maintains scale and proportion while allowing additional layers like benches, poufs, or small lounge chairs.'</p><p><a href="https://www.blackberryfarmdesign.com/" target="_blank">Blackberry Farm Design's</a> Christine Carney adds: 'Think in terms of flexibility and proximity. In a more relaxed setting, that might mean a generous L- or U-shaped sectional paired with a few smaller pieces to round out the arrangement. In a more <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/formal-living-room-ideas">formal living room</a>, consider a mix of smaller armchairs positioned around a larger sofa – close enough that people can chat comfortably without raising their voices. The goal is to create a sense of enclosure and connection, no matter the style.'</p><figure class="van-image-figure  full-width-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="pzXgJLNYGCndNBF22tmJmU" name="living room layout conversation 2" alt="soft earthy living room with a botanical mural wall on the left, large abstract artwork and two neutral couches with burgundy armchairs" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pzXgJLNYGCndNBF22tmJmU.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3200" height="1800" attribution="" endorsement="" class="full-width"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" full-width-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Frank & Faber)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If you prefer the idea of creating smaller pockets of seating (and have the space), Sean Symington suggests: 'If the room is large enough, I often arrange two seating areas within it: a main grouping of sofas and armchairs, then a secondary spot with a pair of occasional chairs or a smaller sofa on the other side.'</p><p>And not every seat needs to face the same way. 'In very spacious rooms, placing two couches back-to-back can be an effective way to define separate conversation zones while maintaining a sense of cohesion,' Sean continues. 'I also like to mix in varied seating options like stools, ottomans, or even a fender by the fireplace to give guests multiple places to perch with a drink in hand.'</p><p>Designers suggest that a good rule of thumb is to keep seats no more than 8 feet apart to maintain a natural conversational distance. </p><p><a href="https://www.galeygrimesinteriors.com/" target="_blank">Galey Grimes of Galey Grimes Interiors</a> says: 'Conversation-friendly layouts are key to how a room functions. I aim for no seat to be more than eight feet from another – close enough for easy dialogue, yet open enough to feel spacious. Sofas and chairs should subtly face one another rather than the television, which should always feel secondary to connection.'</p><p>'I like to keep seating within 8-10 feet of each other – any farther, and people start to project their voices,' agrees Laura Lubin. 'Layering seating heights also helps: a mix of sofas, chairs, and low stools creates visual rhythm and keeps the energy dynamic.'</p><p>'Keep the arrangement cozy but not cramped by allowing for about 18 to 24 inches between seats and the table,' add the team at LTA Interiors. When the proportions are right, the room feels instantly more welcoming.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-4-making-the-tv-work-in-your-layout"><span>4. Making the TV Work in Your Layout</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  full-width-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="vRP2465WHgvGv7Wq528MVB" name="living room layout TV" alt="neutral and warm living room with brown and terracotta color injections, a white fireplace, with a large TV hung above" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vRP2465WHgvGv7Wq528MVB.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3200" height="1800" attribution="" endorsement="" class="full-width"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" full-width-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Ellerslie Interiors)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While not every living room revolves around a television, most need to accommodate one – and getting the placement right can make or break a layout. The aim is to integrate the <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/living-room-tv-ideas">living room TV</a> naturally into the scheme without allowing it to dominate the space.</p><p>'Designing a living space around a TV is about finding that balance between comfort, style, and sightline,' says Lynn, Alexa, and Tracy. 'Start by placing the screen at eye level when seated, which is roughly 42 inches from the floor to the center of the TV. The ideal viewing distance is about 1.5 to 2.5 times the diagonal size of your screen, so a 60-inch TV feels best from six to ten feet away.'</p><p>'Angle the seating arrangement so that everyone has a clear and relaxed view,' they continue. 'This often means creating a semicircle around the screen. If the room doubles as a conversation area, consider using swivel chairs and a sectional sofa that allows for both chatting and movie nights.'</p><p>'The best configuration for TVs should prioritize adaptability, ensuring the space is functional for more than just watching TV,' advises Philip Consalvo of <a href="https://www.pjcarchitecture.com/" target="_blank">PJCArchitecture</a>. 'The windows in the room should also be considered to avoid glare or allow for a flexible mounting of the TV, such as on a swivel bracket to adjust for light conditions. '</p><p>'Arrange seating to create a flexible layout with swivel chairs, and modular or sectional sofas with dual purpose that encourage conversation but can easily be adjusted when the TV is the main focal point,' Philip adds. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  full-width-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:60.00%;"><img id="AFVPErWRgTbwAtMm6ohEEK" name="living room tv" alt="side by side images of two neutral living rooms with hidden TVs" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AFVPErWRgTbwAtMm6ohEEK.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="full-width"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" full-width-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: PJC Architecture / Photography Björg Magnea / Blackberry Farm Design)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Bethany Adams says it is important to consider the height of your TV when choosing furniture, too. 'The higher the TV, the lower the furniture should sit.  If you're looking up, you'll want lounge-y furniture that supports the head. For TVs placed on the wall, aim for a height that is just above eye level when seated.'</p><p>Of course, that advice is all for those who are happy to have their TV front and center, but what if you're keen to <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/how-do-i-stylishly-hide-my-tv">stylishly hide your TV</a>?</p><p>'The television should be part of the room rather than the focus of it,' says Lauren Gilberthorpe. 'We often design cabinetry to incorporate the television within a wider display, allowing it to recede visually when not in use. For viewing distance, use roughly one and a half times the diagonal screen size as a guide,' she adds.</p><p>'If a television is present, I integrate it discreetly, either mounted above a fireplace at eye level when seated, or framed within cabinetry that softens its presence,' suggests Galey, adding that symmetry around the TV helps balance the visual weight while keeping the space cohesive.</p><p>'When a separate media room isn’t an option, it’s often best to integrate the television subtly within the main living area. Try concealing the TV behind sliding artwork or within bespoke cabinetry, styling surrounding shelves to help it blend in,' advises Michael Tyrrell from <a href="https://www.ownlondon.co.uk/" target="_blank">OWN LONDON</a>. 'Alternatively, a movable stand placed in a corner can be a flexible way to reduce visual dominance.'</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-5-the-core-pieces-that-define-the-space"><span>5. The Core Pieces That Define the Space</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  full-width-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="44UzbrUqcooh42PupaV5im" name="living room furniture" alt="warm neutral english traditional living room with a large bay window, fireplace with a fender, dark red velvet couch, two green armchairs with side tables and lamps" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/44UzbrUqcooh42PupaV5im.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3200" height="1800" attribution="" endorsement="" class="full-width"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" full-width-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Studio Duggan)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A well-planned layout begins with the right furniture. Each piece has a purpose, both functional and visual, and together they establish the proportions, rhythm, and balance of the room. And the first place to begin is, of course, the couch.</p><p>'A well-made <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/living-room-sofa-ideas">living room sofa</a> is essential,' says Lauren Gilberthorpe. 'We typically anchor it with a pair of armchairs and a central ottoman or coffee table. Pairs are incredibly useful, whether that means two smaller tables instead of one large one, or twin armchairs that can be moved as needed.'</p><p>'A comfortable, well-scaled sofa is the anchor of almost any living space,' adds the team at LTA Interiors. 'We like to pair it with accent chairs to create balance and give guests multiple seating options. Sitting areas that are arranged in a loose U or L shape naturally encourage conversation.'</p><p>From there, complement the couch with occasional chairs that encourage <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/news/symmetry-in-interior-design">symmetry</a> and conversation. </p><p>'A mix of upholstery and texture is essential,' says Galey Grimes. 'Think one structured sofa, two conversational chairs, and at least one unexpected piece, such as an antique trunk or sculptural accent chair, to add soul.'</p><p>'Incorporating vintage or antique furniture is key to creating depth and character,' Michael Tyrrell agrees. 'Relying solely on new pieces can make a room feel flat or impersonal, whereas older items add warmth, patina, and a sense of history.'</p><figure class="van-image-figure  full-width-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:60.00%;"><img id="dL7uC7qwbpQLQzxiw7R7AC" name="living room layout furniture" alt="side by side living rooms on the left a cottage home with beams, textured walls, a loose linen ottoman, gingham couch and mismatched chairs on the right a mushroom painted bookcase and small armchairs and glass coffee table" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dL7uC7qwbpQLQzxiw7R7AC.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="full-width"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" full-width-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Studio Squire / Alice Grace Interiors)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Alongside generous, comfortable seating, tables are also crucial to the scheme. A <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/coffee-table-decor-ideas">coffee table</a> or <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/ottoman-ideas">ottoman</a> provides a visual anchor and practical resting point, while <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/living-rooms/how-to-style-a-living-room-end-table">end tables</a> within arm’s reach of each seat add convenience and can bring in new colors, patterns, or textures to create a layered palette.</p><p>'Add a coffee table that’s roughly two-thirds the length of the sofa and sits about 18 inches away to add comfort and provide enough room for movement as well,' the team at LTA Interiors advises. 'Additionally, we like to include nesting tables, side tables, and at least one statement piece in every room to add a special element.'</p><p>'A generous ottoman or pair of upholstered stools is a secret weapon – flexible for extra seating, a footrest, or even a tray for entertaining,' suggests Laura Lubin, who believes <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/every-living-room-needs-an-ottoman">every living room should have an ottoman</a>. 'Every piece should have purpose <em>and</em> conversation potential.'</p><p>'A sofa table behind a centrally placed sofa is another favorite trick,' adds Lauren Gilberthorpe. 'It gives purpose to the space behind and provides height and layered lighting when dressed with lamps and decorative pieces.'</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-6-anchoring-the-layout"><span>6. Anchoring the Layout</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  full-width-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kWAvvHidJCorVBT5EbT5pj" name="living room layout anchor" alt="neutral living room with caramel velvet armchairs, a small rounded coffee table, a neutral skirted couch and accents of burgundy" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kWAvvHidJCorVBT5EbT5pj.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3200" height="1800" attribution="" endorsement="" class="full-width"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" full-width-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Camden Grace / Jared Kuzia)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To really unify all the elements in a living room, designers look to "anchor" the layout with a few key pieces.</p><p>The most effective way to anchor a living room is from the ground up. A <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/living-room-rug-ideas">living room rug</a> large enough to sit under the front legs of all key furniture pieces – the sofa, armchairs, and coffee table – instantly pulls everything together.</p><p>'I always start with a large area rug, it’s the easiest and most effective way to anchor a living room,' says Sean, who has some tips for <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/living-rooms/area-rug-sizes-for-a-living-room">area rug sizes for living rooms</a>: 'Ideally, the front legs of your seating should sit on it so the whole arrangement feels connected. Going bigger is almost always better when it comes to rugs; a small one can make a room feel disjointed.'</p><p>'I often recommend rugs that are slightly oversized rather than undersized; it expands the perceived space and creates instant warmth,' agrees Galey. 'A rug is the glue that holds a living room together.'</p><p>'A rug is a key tool for defining zones and grounding a living room scheme. In open-plan spaces, rugs can separate seating from dining areas without the need for structural barriers,' Gemma Luteijn from Project London recommends. 'Rugs also add texture and help tie together color palettes, soft furnishings, and artwork, reinforcing the room’s visual identity.'</p><figure class="van-image-figure  full-width-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:60.00%;"><img id="qiKsUgipoQEz4BikHCtwn5" name="living room anchor" alt="two side by side neutral living rooms designed by interior designers" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qiKsUgipoQEz4BikHCtwn5.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="full-width"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" full-width-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Beata Heuman / Mylands / Paloma Contreras)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As well as rugs, there are other pieces that you can use to provide a grounding effect. </p><p>'The same principle applies to your coffee table or ottoman; always choose one that’s slightly larger than you think you need,' Sean continues. 'A pendant or chandelier positioned over the main seating area can also do wonders for pulling the layout together. It naturally draws the eye to the middle of the space and reinforces that sense of balance and focus that every great living room needs.'</p><p>Similarly, Michael Tyrell advises: 'If ceiling height allows, a pendant light can enhance this sense of intentionality, while floor and table lamps help to build soft, layered lighting. A well-chosen or beautifully styled coffee table can also act as a secondary focal point, helping to visually center the room.'</p><p>'The anchor is the piece that sets the tone, and everything else works around it,' adds the team at LTA Interiors. 'From there, we arrange the seating so it feels connected. If the room has multiple functions, use area rugs or lighting to define the different spaces while maintaining an overall sense of flow.'</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-7-adapting-layout-principles-to-your-space"><span>7. Adapting Layout Principles to Your Space</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  full-width-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="FvyFx6rd4Vq4trAAJUrCvS" name="living room layout marie" alt="wood panelled living room with large fireplace, large beige couch, and a small sitting dining area" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FvyFx6rd4Vq4trAAJUrCvS.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3200" height="1800" attribution="" endorsement="" class="full-width"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" full-width-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Marie Flanigan Interiors / Julie Soefer)</span></figcaption></figure><p>No two living rooms are alike. Whether you’re working with a narrow townhouse sitting room, an open-plan family space, or a <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/living-rooms/small-living-room-layout-ideas">small living room layout</a> in an apartment, the same layout principles apply – they just need to be tweaked a little.</p><p>'Every room shape offers unique opportunities, and understanding proportion, flow, and architectural features is essential for a successful layout,' says Yana Borisova from Project London. </p><p>'In <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/spaces/decorating/small-living-room-ideas-222756">small living rooms</a>, keep layouts light and flexible by choosing streamlined furniture, rounded forms, and multi-functional pieces to maintain circulation and avoid overcrowding,' Yana explains. 'Crowding small rooms with oversized furniture is a common mistake. Even a few large pieces can block circulation and make the room feel much smaller than it is.'</p><p>'Embrace negative space; fewer, larger pieces will feel airier than many small ones,' Laura Lubin agrees.</p><p>'Choose furniture with visible legs to create a sense of openness and keep circulation routes clear,' Lauren Gilberthorpe suggests for smaller spaces. 'Zoning still works in smaller rooms. A rug will help to define the seating area.'</p><p>Whereas, in larger-scale spaces, zoning is of even greater importance. 'Divide the space into zones, such as a reading corner, a drinks area, or a main seating area,' Lauren continues. </p><p>'Use rugs, furniture groupings, and layered textures to create intimate zones for conversation, dining, or reading, while maintaining color and material consistency,' Yana adds. 'Anchor each zone with an appropriate lighting layer, such as a pendant over a dining table or a floor lamp in a reading corner.'</p><p>Bethany Adams adds: 'If you are fortunate enough to have a room that is so large that a single seating area swims in the space, look to the corners of the room and set up one or more of the following: a corner banquette with a bistro size table, a pair of comfortable arm chairs with a floor lamp and cocktail table, or a singular, spectacular chaise longue.'</p><figure class="van-image-figure  full-width-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:60.00%;"><img id="uV3fcSHrCDBeXQjj966jzc" name="living rooms blue" alt="two side by side living rooms with blue and pink decor" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uV3fcSHrCDBeXQjj966jzc.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="full-width"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" full-width-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Henry Prideaux / Seam Symington)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As well as size and shape, you might have some quirky features that require a different approach when it comes to layout.</p><p>Architectural features, such as fireplaces, traditional bay windows, or nooks and niches, can be a great place to kick-start your layout plan - if you approach them like a designer.</p><p>'Let the hearth take center stage in winter by arranging seating around it, but do not be afraid to adjust the layout in summer so that the view or garden becomes the focus instead,' Lauren Gilberthorpe suggests. 'Let the hearth be the soul; offset asymmetry with a mirror or art that creates vertical balance,' adds Laura Lubin.</p><p>When it comes to bay windows, Lauren advises you to avoid blocking the view. 'A curved or slimline sofa can follow the shape of the bay beautifully, or consider an upholstered window seat for relaxed seating.'</p><p>If your living room shares its space with the dining room, subtle changes in flooring, rugs, or lighting can define zones without obstructing sightlines. 'Visual cues help define zones while maintaining continuity,' Yana adds. 'Anchor seating areas with rugs, center dining tables under pendant lights, and leave generous circulation routes.'</p><p>'Open-plan layouts work best when furniture replaces walls, such as a sectional or console that can subtly divide spaces, while a consistent color palette ties everything together,' add Lynn, Alexa, and Tracy from LTA Interiors.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-rules-to-remember"><span>Rules to Remember</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  full-width-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="hmae3wY76zv6YAisQgP2RG" name="lauren gilberthorpe living room" alt="dusty pink living room with a traditional fireplace, a yellow checkerboard curved sofa, a gallery wall of art, and a circular coffee table" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hmae3wY76zv6YAisQgP2RG.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3200" height="1800" attribution="" endorsement="" class="full-width"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" full-width-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Lauren Gilberthorpe Interiors)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To recap, these are the golden rules that will help you plan a living room layout that looks like it was meticulously crafted by an interior designer.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-1-get-yourself-a-roll-of-tape"><span>1. Get Yourself a Roll of Tape</span></h3><p>An interior designer's secret weapon is actually a roll of tape. Yes really. 'I <em>always </em>start by taping out furniture dimensions on the floor for myself and for my clients,' says Gray Walker. 'It is the easiest way to visualize scale and egress in the space before making a single purchase.'</p><p>Designer Lauren Gilberthorpe also does this, adding: 'Masking out the layout with tape before moving furniture is an invaluable trick.'</p><p>'When it's possible, we also like to tape out furniture footprints on the floor to visualize scale and flow,' adds the team at LTA Interiors. 'Before committing to a layout, furniture floor plans are essential.'</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-2-avoid-the-back-of-furniture"><span>2. Avoid the Back of Furniture</span></h3><p>While designers love to <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/solved/reasons-to-float-a-couch">float a couch</a> to help define open plan spaces and better flow, there is one rule: avoid facing the back of pieces to the entrance of the room.</p><p>Designer <a href="https://alexandrakaehler.com/" target="_blank">Alexandra Kaehler</a> says: 'Ideally, you don't walk into a living room and face the back of a piece of furniture. Sometimes, we use this as an opportunity to incorporate a chaise or daybed in the space. It creates a lot of comfortable seating, without visually blocking the space.' You can also try a console or sofa table placed along the back of a sofa to avoid such a common mistake.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-keep-key-measurements-to-hand"><span>3. Keep Key Measurements to Hand</span></h3><p>We've deep-dived into a lot of expert-backed dimensions in this article, so it's worth revisiting them for the key measurements all in one neat place.</p><p>Lynn, Alexa, and Tracy of LTA Interiors say: 'Every designer has their quiet set of rules that are composed of little measurements that make a room feel just right.'</p><p>'For walkways, we say keep at least 36 inches of clearance through main paths so traffic flows naturally,' they note. '18 to 20 inches between the sofa and coffee table, and hang artwork so the center sits around 57 inches from the floor. Between side chairs or accent pieces, aim for 30 inches of breathing room so the space feels open but still connected.'</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-4-allow-for-negative-space"><span>4. Allow for Negative Space</span></h3><p>There is certainly such a thing as having too many items in a living room, particularly in smaller spaces. But even in vast family rooms, it pays to consider negative space.</p><p>'Remember that a room needs breathing space as much as furniture,' says Lauren Gilberthorpe. 'Empty floor area can be as powerful as a statement piece. Avoid pushing all furniture to the walls, as this can make even large rooms feel sparse.'</p><p>Marcelina from Project London adds: 'Skipping circulation planning often leads to cramped, awkward layouts – always walk through your design before finalizing.' </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-5-select-your-focal-point-wisely"><span>5. Select Your Focal Point Wisely</span></h3><p>Of course, this might be something pre-chosen for you – such as a fireplace, large window, or unique nook. But if you can, Maisie Crafter from Project London advises choosing your focal point wisely.</p><p>'Choose a focal point that reflects your lifestyle – whether it’s a piano, a cherished artwork, or a fireplace – rather than just what looks “perfect” on paper,' she suggests.</p><p>'Consider how you intend to use the room, whether it is primarily a cozy TV lounge, a space for entertaining friends over drinks, or a family hub for board games and conversation,' she adds. 'Defining the purpose of the space will naturally guide decisions around furniture type, scale, and positioning.'</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-6-create-clear-sightlines"><span>6. Create Clear Sightlines</span></h3><p>To create a truly brilliant living space, there are two things you need a clear sightline of from every angle, seat, or standing position. The TV and the people. </p><p>For the TV, Aimee Meisgeier says: 'I like to ensure that all viewers have a clear line to the TV and are not sitting in awkward positions. To achieve that, I use “L” shaped sectionals with chaises for straight line viewing for all sitting on the piece as well as swivel chairs so they can be easily pivoted for optimal TV viewing position. I also like to have a TV either hung on the wall or placed on a piece of furniture at around 40 inches or so off the floor so that eye level will be around the middle of the screen, to prevent neck strain.'</p><p>'Angle chairs slightly toward the sofa to promote eye contact,' Marcelina suggests for creating natural and easy conversation areas. 'It’s a small change that makes a big impact.'</p><h2 id="faqs-2">FAQs</h2><section class="article__schema-question"><h2>How do I choose the right sofa placement in a living room?</h2><article class="article__schema-answer"><p>The best sofa placement supports conversation and creates a natural sense of balance. Start by identifying the room’s focal point – whether it’s a fireplace, TV, or a window with a view – and orient your sofa to face or frame it. </p><p>'Living rooms are gathering places by nature, and the seating layout is the single most important factor in determining how natural it will feel to entertain in a given space,' says designer Kathy Kuo.</p><p>'In small- or medium-sized living rooms, I focus on creating one central seating area, grounded by an intentional mix of sofas, accent chairs, and ottomans or stools. In a larger living room, there’s more room to play,' she adds. 'In these kinds of expansive spaces, I might create one central seating area and another smaller, more intimate vignette.' </p><p>'The latter could include a game table and two or three side chairs, or four accent chairs arranged around a round ottoman or coffee table – whatever makes the most sense for how the family plans to use the space!'</p></article></section><section class="article__schema-question"><h2>Is it better to do a symmetrical or asymmetrical living room layout?</h2><article class="article__schema-answer"><p>Both approaches can work beautifully, but it depends on your space and the mood you want to create. Symmetrical layouts can feel a little more formal and balanced, making them ideal for traditional homes.</p><p>Asymmetrical layouts, meanwhile, offer a more relaxed, modern feel and can make awkwardly shaped or open-plan spaces look intentional. </p><p>'I tend to prefer a slightly asymmetrical living room layout that still feels balanced. To achieve this look, I make sure the core seating pieces are complementary both in style and proportion, even if they don’t perfectly match,' adds Kathy. 'In my own living room, I styled a sage green upholstered velvet sofa, a cream-colored chenille slipcovered sofa, and a set of bergère chairs in complementary cream, white, and green hues. This approach creates a casually elegant, layered design as opposed to the more formal appearance of symmetrical living room layouts.'</p></article></section><section class="article__schema-question"><h2>How far should the TV be from the sofa for comfortable viewing?</h2><article class="article__schema-answer"><p>The optimal TV viewing distance depends on screen size and room proportions. As a rule of thumb, your sofa should sit about 1.5 to 2.5 times the diagonal measurement of the screen away from the TV. For example, a 65-inch screen works best when placed roughly 8 to 11 feet from your seating area. This ensures clear, comfortable viewing without eye strain.</p><p>'Modern 4K TVs can be viewed slightly closer than HD models, but always check manufacturer recommendations,' notes Fern Ford from Project London.</p><p>'Make sure your coziest piece of furniture (the one you prefer for lounging, typically a sofa or sectional) is directly facing the TV,' Kathy suggests. 'Any other accent seating can be facing away from the TV, toward the sofa or sectional. This way, your layout works beautifully for fostering conversations while entertaining AND relaxed evenings in.'</p></article></section><p>At its heart, a well-designed living room layout isn’t about rigid rules but about creating a space that feels as good as it looks. Once you understand the principles, the rest is about having fun with <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/spaces/decorating/living-room-color-schemes-222934">living room colors</a>, <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/news/living-room-trends">trends</a>, and picking the smaller details like <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/curtain-ideas">curtains</a> and <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/news/carpet-trends-206835">carpets</a>.</p><p><em><strong>The Homes & Gardens Library is your definitive guide to timeless design wisdom. From choosing the perfect sofa to mastering the fundamentals of layout, each piece in the series draws on expert insight to guide you through the key principles of interior design. Thoughtfully curated yet easy to digest, it’s the essential reference for anyone looking to create a home that is beautiful, practical, and enduring.</strong></em></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ The Library: All the Basics You Need to Know About Lighting Before Starting Your Next Project, According to the Experts ]]></title>
                                                                                                                                                                                                <link>https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/the-library-all-the-lighting-basics-you-need-to-know</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Lighting 101: How to plan, layer, and create a lighting scheme like an interior designer ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">LbEdSuN6s9NoDmCXhXUind</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RwSwNokoRkVLpfnhtVEVyW-1280-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 24 Oct 2025 04:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Wed, 17 Jun 2026 11:51:53 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Lighting]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Decor]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Fixtures &amp; Finishes]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Charlotte Olby ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/46osvqToxdGfS5xyuVSxuY.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Charlotte is style and trends editor at Homes and Gardens and has been with the team since Christmas 2023. Following a 5 year career in Fashion, she found herself working at many women&#039;s glossy magazines including Grazia, Stylist, and Hello! as well as freelance styling for one very busy stint. Charlotte was the Interiors Editor at British heritage department store Liberty prior to her role at Homes &amp; Gardens, where she worked behind the scenes on the magic-making at Liberty.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, you&#039;ll find her working through the never-ending list of DIY jobs at home - from kitchen fitting to tiling and endless painting. Her personal interior style is ever-evolving, but she mostly admires designers with an eclectic, lived-in feeling that sparks joy like Beata Heuman and Studio Ashby.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RwSwNokoRkVLpfnhtVEVyW-1280-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[OWN LONDON / Photography Darren Chung]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[neutral living room with large bay window, a teal velvet sofa with a stone coffee table, large floor lamp, slip covered sofa styled with a table behind it with two teal lamps]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[neutral living room with large bay window, a teal velvet sofa with a stone coffee table, large floor lamp, slip covered sofa styled with a table behind it with two teal lamps]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[neutral living room with large bay window, a teal velvet sofa with a stone coffee table, large floor lamp, slip covered sofa styled with a table behind it with two teal lamps]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RwSwNokoRkVLpfnhtVEVyW-1280-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>While often overlooked, <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/lighting-ideas">lighting ideas</a> dictate the mood, function, and the very character of a room. Get it right, and every surface, texture, and color comes to life; get it wrong, and even the most beautiful interiors can fall flat. </p><p>So if you're planning a major makeover, remodel, or home renovation, before you start poring over the latest <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/lighting-trends-for-2026">lighting trends</a>, there are some basics you need to nail from the outset. In <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/tag/the-library">The Library</a> this month, we explore the foundations of great lighting design – from layering and placement to color temperature, output, and control.</p><p>With priceless and practical tips from interior designers and professional lighting experts, plus easy-to-digest <a href="#section-rules-to-remember">rules to remember</a>, consider this your blueprint for lighting a home that works beautifully from morning to night, and summer to fall – no matter your <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/interior-design-styles-that-everyone-needs-to-know-about">interior design style</a>. This is Lighting 101.</p><h2 id="the-essentials">The Essentials</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  full-width-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="X4tmo2nEq8RJbgbhMDRf69" name="earthy marble kitchen" alt="earthy neutral kitchen with large windows out to the lakeside view, a large plaster cooker hood, and blue marble countertops" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/X4tmo2nEq8RJbgbhMDRf69.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3200" height="1800" attribution="" endorsement="" class="full-width"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" full-width-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Oho Interiors / Photography Ashley Sullivan)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Before you even start looking at beautiful fixtures, you need to sort out the <strong>Where</strong>, <strong>What</strong>, <strong>When</strong>, and <strong>How</strong>. </p><p>Where do you need lights? What do they need to light? And at what time of day? How many lights do you need in that space? And what wiring or ratings do they require? These are just the tip of the iceberg of questions that designers and lighting experts ask before working out how to practically and stylishly light a home. </p><p>But don't panic, here, we break it all down for you. Consider this your ultimate guide to everything you must consider for your <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/house-design/home-renovation">home renovation</a> – before you get to your <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/designer-tips-on-what-to-consider-in-a-electrical-walkthrough">electrical walk-through</a>.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-1-layers-of-light"><span>1. Layers of Light</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  full-width-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:60.00%;"><img id="b9hsPPD2k4ipddQ62DdoZk" name="layers of light" alt="side by side images of a pink and green kitchen on the left with pendant lights over the island, a sink pendant, and wall lights on the left with a blue traditional living room styled with lulu and georgia furniture on the right" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/b9hsPPD2k4ipddQ62DdoZk.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="full-width"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" full-width-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Emma Ainscough / Lulu and Georgia)</span></figcaption></figure><p><a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/how-to-layer-lighting">How to layer lighting</a> is one of the biggest tricks you can learn from the experts. Unfortunately, it's not as simple as picking a beautiful overhead light and being done. In fact, designers are leaning more and more away from the '<a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/the-big-light-debate">big light</a>' in favor of a more layered and cozy approach.</p><p>'Lighting is far too often a design element that is overlooked – not the fixtures themselves, but the functionality and mood behind them,' explains Allison Lind, Design Director of <a href="https://www.allisonlind.com/" target="_blank">Allisson Lind Interiors</a>. And there are three key types that designers implement in <em>almost</em> every space.</p><p>'Just like textures and materials, one layer won't suffice when it comes to lighting. Every beautiful room needs its full function (brighter overheads), mood (sconces or decorative floor lamps), cozy task (table or reading lamps), and even sexy evening light (toekick or decorative uplighting),' she suggests.</p><p>These three layers are often referred to as:</p><ul><li><strong>Ambient Lighting </strong>provides overall illumination. This often comes from ceiling fixtures or recessed downlights.</li><li><strong>Task Lighting </strong>targets specific activities like under-cabinet lights in a kitchen, a reading lamp beside a chair, or vanity sconces flanking a bathroom mirror. These lights are focused and purposeful.</li><li><strong>Accent Lighting </strong>adds mood and character and can be used to highlight certain features within a room, like picture lights to draw the eye to artwork.</li></ul><p>Charlie Bowles, Director at <a href="https://originalbtc.com/?" target="_blank">Original BTC,</a> recommends 'combining task, ambient, and accent lighting to ensure both functionality and atmosphere.'</p><p>'Lighting for the home has three distinct purposes. Task lighting helps you perform specific jobs, ambient or mood lighting creates atmosphere, while accent lighting highlights areas of interest,' Charlie explains. 'Effective, efficient lighting should be built up in layers, using a mixture of all three lighting types to achieve the perfect balance. If possible, consider at the planning stages to maximize opportunities,' he advises.</p><p>Similarly, Mark Holloway, Director at <a href="https://www.hollowaysofludlow.com/" target="_blank">Holloways of Ludlow</a>, also believes that good lighting design is all about balance. 'Start with a practical foundation, like your ceiling or wall lights, then build up with task lighting for function, and finish with decorative pieces that bring personality and warmth,' he suggests.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-2-placement-and-spacing"><span>2. Placement and Spacing</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  full-width-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:60.00%;"><img id="toQQEZLbePuy6KchATj3bV" name="placement and spacing" alt="side by side images of a white kitchen with heavy veined marble counters and backsplace on the left with a soft green neutral bedroom on the right" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/toQQEZLbePuy6KchATj3bV.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="full-width"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" full-width-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Neptune / OWN LONDON / Darren Chung)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Good lighting is as much about practicality as it is about looking pretty, and even the smallest shifts in position can change how a room feels and functions. Once you know <em>what</em> layers you need, you then want to work out placement – a.k.a. <em>where</em> light falls, and how evenly it is distributed. </p><p>This can vary between lighting types and from room to room. For <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/spaces/decorating/kitchen-lighting-ideas-203134">kitchen lighting ideas</a>, designers recommend following the <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/kitchens/the-three-kitchen-lighting-rule">three kitchen lighting rule</a> that suggest using ambient, task, and accent lighting as follows: pendant or overhead lighting for the main cooking area or over an island, task lighting over the counters with sconces or under-cabinet lighting, and then finishing with some accent lighting with a <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/shopping/kitchen-countertop-lighting-trend">kitchen countertop light</a>.</p><p>Alternatively, for <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/spaces/decorating/living-room-lighting-ideas-223229">living room lighting</a>, Charlie Bowles suggests: 'Pendants will throw down a large pool of light, while carefully placed table, floor, and wall lights will provide task and accent lighting for reading, watching TV, or highlighting your favorite piece of art. Having lots of options also means you can pare back your lighting later in the evening for a more intimate, cozy feeling.'</p><p>Sarah Magness, founder of <a href="https://studiomagness.com/" target="_blank">Studio Magness,</a> advises, however, that 'When lighting specific decorative features or elements, it's important to consult with an art or lighting specialist. The intensity of the light could be damaging to specific artworks or textiles. Always steer on less is more.'</p><figure class="van-image-figure  full-width-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:60.00%;"><img id="sRmM3Ati4TBnWtakYjTU87" name="placement spacing" alt="side by side images of an olive green kitchen with an island with recessed lights and milk pendants hung over the island on the left with a snug room on the right with mural wallpaper, striped ottoman and a red lamp" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sRmM3Ati4TBnWtakYjTU87.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="full-width"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" full-width-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Weaver Green / David Hunt Lighting)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Once you've worked out locations for your lights, there are a few reliable measurements to keep in your back pocket.</p><p>'For recessed fixtures, start with 4–6 feet of spacing between downlights, adjusting based on beam spread,' advises designer <a href="https://ninashomedesign.com/about" target="_blank">Nina Lichtenstein</a>. This helps prevent harsh “hot spots” in the center of the room and creates a more flattering ambiance.</p><p>Olga Malyev, cofounder of <a href="https://malyevschafer.com/interior/" target="_blank">Malyev Schafer</a>, shares her top placement tip for recessed lighting: 'Follow the furniture lines,' she advises. 'Align your lights with the furniture below to create balance, symmetry, and a sense of flow throughout the room.'</p><p>'As a general rule, I place recessed lights around the perimeter of the room<strong> </strong>to avoid dark corners,' she continues. 'They should not be closer than 20–24 inches from the wall to prevent unwanted reflections. In larger rooms, perimeter lighting alone may not suffice, so I add extra fixtures above seating areas, never along main circulation.' </p><p>Pendant placement is also key. 'Placement and proportion matter,' Mark Holloway continues. 'For pendants, aim to hang them around 30–35 inches above a dining table or <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/spaces/decorating/kitchen-island-ideas-202887">kitchen island</a>, and allow roughly 20 inches between multiple fittings.' </p><p>At the bedside, sconces should sit roughly 20–24 inches above the top of the mattress, with the shade at eye level when seated for bedtime reading (or scrolling). For bathroom vanities, flank the mirror with sconces set around 4–6 inches from the mirror edge to provide balanced, shadow-free light and combine with some ceiling downlights on a separate switch circuit.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-color-temperature"><span>3. Color Temperature</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  full-width-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:60.00%;"><img id="LDsGqpHwByJo53U9VKhpEi" name="output and dimming" alt="side by side images of a marble print chaise longue in a living room corner with a large Original BTC floor lamp on the left and a neutral living room alcove with an antique chest styled with a lamp and art hung above on the right" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LDsGqpHwByJo53U9VKhpEi.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="full-width"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" full-width-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Original BTC x Beata Heuman / Future / Emma Ainscough)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While it might sound all rather technical, understanding <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/life-design/lighting-temperature-basics">lighting temperature</a> is essential. To put it simply, the color temperature of your <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/shopping/best-lightbulbs">bulbs</a> and lighting fixtures will determine how the paint on your walls reads (warm or muddy), how the slab of marble in the kitchen looks (crisp or stark), and how your own skin tone appears in the bathroom mirror (flattering or flat).</p><p>'Color temperature is the difference between a cool white or blue light – approximately ~3000 Kelvin, which is often referred to as daylight – and the warm soft light, ~2,700 Kelvin, you would get from traditional bulbs,' Charlie explains. 'Daylight bulbs are good for creating a bright room, but aren’t the best for relaxing in – throughout my home, I prefer to use warm light.'</p><p>Measured in Kelvins (K), as Charlie points out above, color temperature runs on a scale from warm to cool. Designers typically lean towards 2700K, or warm white, bulbs for living spaces and bedrooms, as it feels softer, more inviting, and is the closest to candlelight.</p><p>3000k, on the other hand, works better in kitchens and bathrooms where it offers a slightly cooler, more neutral tone that keeps these functional spaces looking fresh.</p><p>One of the most common lighting mistakes made is mixing multiple color temperatures in a single space. A combination of warm and cool light sources can create an uneven and unsettled effect, so instead, choose one consistent baseline for each room to create a sense of harmony.</p><p>'CRI (or Color Rendering Index) is just as important,' adds <a href="https://laurengilberthorpeinteriors.com/about-interior-design-cotswolds" target="_blank">Lauren Gilberthorpe</a>. 'Aim for 90 or above to ensure colors appear true and materials retain their richness under artificial light.'</p><p>Additionally, Olga suggests you should prioritize light quality and 'look for a high CRI (90+) for colors that pop naturally, and make sure your lights are flicker-free. A quick phone video can reveal hidden flaws: if the light dances or flickers, it’s not up to standard.'</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-4-output-and-dimming"><span>4. Output and Dimming</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  full-width-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:60.00%;"><img id="Rk3eHDJSZxzmdcbe7jmoNA" name="dimmable" alt="side by side images of a dark moody living room snug with soft warm chandelier, wall lights and a lamp on the left with an terracotta tiled entry way with table and floor lamp on the right" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Rk3eHDJSZxzmdcbe7jmoNA.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="full-width"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" full-width-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: TROVE by Studio Duggan / Joon Loloi)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The brightness level, otherwise known as the output, of lighting is an often misunderstood aspect of lighting. We often think the brighter the better, but too much, and a room feels harsh – while too little, and it becomes flat or impractical rather than cozy. </p><p>The idea is to balance output with dimming, which is an approach that allows you to fine-tune the atmosphere in the room as the light and your tasks change throughout the day. </p><p>'For output, aim for flexibility,' Nina suggests. 'Overhead ambient lighting should deliver around 20 lumens per square foot, task lighting around 50, and accent lighting can be lower but more focused.'</p><p>Beyond brightness, dimming lets you transition from crisp morning light to an intimate evening glow with a simple adjustment. 'Always ensure you can dim – it’s the simplest way to shift mood and function without changing the fitting itself,' says Mark.</p><p>'When it comes to choice of bulb, ideally, all your lights should be controlled separately and on dimmers, so you can switch off your bright task lighting when it’s time to sit down and relax,' adds Charlie. </p><p>'If possible, make sure your lights are controlled separately so you can create different moods at the flick of a switch. Asking your electrician to install several circuits means you’ll be able to introduce texture and depth.'</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-5-bathrooms-and-safety-ratings"><span>5. Bathrooms and Safety Ratings</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  full-width-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:60.00%;"><img id="gUk7LqXqMrk6AXM8LAaauL" name="bathroom lighting" alt="side by side images of a powder room with mural wallpaper, vintage mirror and a floral ceiling light on the left and a bathroom with freestanding bathtub and overhead light with a table and lamp on the right" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gUk7LqXqMrk6AXM8LAaauL.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4000" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="full-width"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" full-width-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: David Hillegas / Anthropologie)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While there are no hard and fast rules to lighting areas like your kitchen, bedroom, dining, or living spaces, <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/spaces/decorating/bathroom-lighting-ideas-204007">bathroom lighting</a> is a totally different game.</p><p>When it comes to lighting a bathroom, be that the <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/master-bathroom-ideas">master bathroom</a> or a small <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/powder-room-ideas">powder room</a>, they demand a mix of practical precision lighting and moody, atmospheric lighting for relaxing moments. They also come with strict safety requirements, since water and electricity don't mix well.</p><p>A well-planned bathroom scheme strikes the balance between function, feeling, and <em>compliance</em>. Start with the right ratings. Fixtures in bathrooms and wet rooms should be designed to withstand moisture, so you must be sure to use damp-rated fittings for general bathroom zones, and wet-rated fixtures inside showers or anywhere exposed to direct spray. </p><p>'Lighting should be factored in at the initial design stage to allow for the wiring and the creation of two or more lighting zones within the space,' Charlie suggests. 'Remember to ensure the lights you are planning to install have the relevant rating for where they are being placed. You don’t have to use damp-rated lights in a bathroom if they are outside the zones, for example, more the 60cm (23.6") away from the tap of a bathroom sink,' he notes.</p><p>In terms of layout, wall sconces flanking the <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/ideas/bathroom-vanity-ideas">bathroom vanity</a> remain a designer favorite. 'One major mistake is relying solely on overhead lighting, which can cast unflattering shadows and create a flat, uninviting space,' he continues. 'Instead, incorporating wall lights at eye level provides even, flattering illumination.'</p><p>Layer this with ambient lighting from a ceiling light, and, if space allows, add a dimmable accent or decorative element for a spa-like finish. </p><p>'It’s also important to consider how lighting needs change throughout the day – brighter task lighting for mornings, softer ambient lighting for winding down in the evening,' says Charlie. 'Dimmable fixtures offer flexibility, while well-placed wall lights help reduce shadows for grooming tasks.'</p><h2 id="rules-to-remember">Rules to Remember</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  full-width-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' ><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="xudd35pitDPkvtAaBTtDSE" name="neutral bedroom red nightstands" alt="neutral bedroom with a curtain hung behind the bed, a floral headboard and neutral linens with a dark red painted nightstand styled with a lamp, vase, and books" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xudd35pitDPkvtAaBTtDSE.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3200" height="1800" attribution="" endorsement="" class="full-width"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" full-width-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Emma Ainscough)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To sum it all up, here are a few quick-fire tips and tricks to help you light your home with confidence and clarity.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-1-remember-you-re-lighting-things-not-the-floor"><span>1. Remember you're lighting THINGS, not the floor</span></h3><p>It is worth remembering that you're looking to light surfaces and focal points, not creating a puddle of light on the floor in the middle of a room. Layering is your best key to achieving this.</p><p>Christina Cruz, of <a href="https://www.christinacruzinteriors.com/" target="_blank">Christina Cruz Interiors</a>, recommends: 'Layer in task lighting, like unique table lamps and art lights that display artwork on the wall. Incorporate cordless reading lamps that can move around the room freely. Sconces are always a nice touch if you want to create a mood.'</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-2-three-is-the-magic-number"><span>2. Three is the magic number</span></h3><p>Designers urge you to consider three light sources in every room. Jeanne Barber, founder of <a href="https://www.camden-grace.com/" target="_blank">Camden Grace Interiors</a>, reiterates: 'Three is the magic number of light sources you need per room! You know that feeling when you walk into a boutique hotel or restaurant and it feels so cozy?! It’s the lighting!'</p><p>She says each room needs to have: 'Ambient background lighting like sconces, table lamps, recessed lights, or a beautiful sculptural overhead fixture. Accent lighting to add drama: think picture lights and strip lighting in bookcases. and task lighting like cozy reading lamps and floor lamps.'</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-dimmers-on-everything"><span>3. Dimmers on everything</span></h3><p>One of the biggest tips designers and lighting experts agree on is ensuring everything is dimmable. 'I love dimmers,' says Michelle Murphy of <a href="https://www.demiryan.com/home" target="_blank">DEMI RYAN</a>. 'They’re not just functional – they’re emotional. They let you shift the energy of a space throughout the day. I believe all lighting should be on a dimmer, whether it be task lighting or mood.'</p><p>'My golden rules are simple,' agrees Nina. 'Every room deserves at least three light sources, dimmers on every circuit, and color temperature consistent throughout the home. When light is right, everything and everyone feels better.'</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-4-stick-to-one-temperature-per-room"><span>4. Stick to one temperature per room</span></h3><p>The color temperature of your bulbs is another small detail that designers urge you not to overlook. For an easy guide, Christina Cruz recommends: </p><p>'<strong>Kitchen</strong>: We recommend 2700-3000K for recessed lighting, but prefer a dimmer to provide control.</p><p><strong>Undercabinet Lighting</strong>: 2700-3000K, align the temperature to the same lights in the space.</p><p><strong>Sconces & Decorative Fixtures</strong>: 2700–3000K to create a calming atmosphere when the overheads are off.'</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-5-mix-up-your-lighting-styles-as-well-as-types"><span>5. Mix up your lighting STYLES as well as TYPES</span></h3><p>As well as creating layers of ambient, task, and accent lighting, Olga Malyev advises: 'To avoid making the space feel overloaded – like a lighting showroom – I suggest mixing fixtures of different designs and scales: sculptural and minimal, vintage and contemporary, with shades and without. As always, it’s all about contrast.'</p><p>'When choosing fixtures, don’t be afraid to combine different finishes, metal tones, and shapes – they shouldn’t look like they were all bought in one shop,' she adds. 'What matters is that the fixtures are connected stylistically and by the warmth of their light. I prefer a consistent, warm tone close to that of traditional incandescent bulbs (around 2700 K).'</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-6-have-different-lights-on-different-switch-circuits"><span>6. Have different lights on different switch circuits</span></h3><p>As well as ensuring your lighting is dimmable, you want to be able to switch off these different layers depending on the time of day or task. For example, in the bathroom, overhead lights and sconces will help you with getting ready, while switching off the overheads leaves lower light for relaxed bathing.</p><p>'If there are many decorative fixtures, I like to divide them into several groups on separate switches,' says Olga. 'This allows you to create different lighting scenarios and adjust the atmosphere depending on the mood or occasion. Brighter, more functional lights can then be on dimmers.'</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-7-placement-is-crucial-too"><span>7. Placement is crucial, too</span></h3><p>Don't underestimate the power of the placement and spacing of your lighting in each space.</p><p>Designer Lauren Gilberthorpe shares her easy tips: 'For ceiling fittings, I typically place recessed lights around 4-5 feet apart, depending on ceiling height and the size of the space. Over a dining table or kitchen island, pendants should hang around 30–35 inches above the surface for balance and proportion. Wall lights are ideally positioned at eye level, approximately 5 feet from the floor, while table and floor lamps should be scaled to the furniture and surrounding space.'</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-8-don-t-ignore-bathroom-safety-ratings"><span>8. Don't ignore bathroom safety ratings</span></h3><p>Lighting in bathrooms requires a little extra attention due to moisture and electrical safety standards, and it is important to ensure you're being code-compliant.</p><p>Christina Cruz breaks it down, saying you need to look for the "Damp Location" on the spec sheet, as this means 'the fixtures are suitable for areas with humidity but <em>without direct water contact</em> (e.g., above mirrors, general ceiling lights). Most bathroom sconces and ceiling lights fall into this category,' she says.</p><p>'A wet-rating is required anywhere a fixture may come into direct contact with water (e.g., inside a shower or above a freestanding tub if within the splash zone),' she adds. 'These fixtures are sealed to prevent moisture damage and electrical hazards. Look for “Wet Location” or “IP65” or higher ratings.'</p><h2 id="faqs-3">FAQs</h2><section class="article__schema-question"><h2>When should I plan my lighting in a remodel or build?</h2><article class="article__schema-answer"><p>While it seems trivial when you're at breaking ground stage, lighting and your electrical plan should be up there with the first design considerations. </p><p>Ideally, it’s planned alongside your architectural layout and electrical drawings, at the same time as plumbing and joinery.</p><p>By thinking about lighting early, you can ensure there’s space for recessed fixtures, wall lights, and wiring runs before insulation and plaster go up. It also means you can coordinate lighting control, dimmers, and smart home systems, rather than retrofitting them later (which often leads to compromises, mess, and extra cost).</p><p>Designers often start by mapping how the room will be used, then adding in a light plan accordingly. Early planning also allows you to align your lighting with interior finishes and focal points: a pendant centered over a table, a sconce aligned with artwork, or under-cabinet lighting in the kitchen.</p></article></section><section class="article__schema-question"><h2>Should I spend money on a professional lighting design?</h2><article class="article__schema-answer"><p>In most cases, this is always a good idea – especially if you’re building from the ground up or planning a hugely complex remodel. A professional lighting designer brings both technical expertise and creative vision, helping you avoid costly mistakes and make the most of your home’s architecture.</p><p>'Lighting design is often neglected in many projects I visit,' says Mark Holloway. 'I see customers who have spent huge sums of money on architects and interior designers but have failed to spend the few hundred dollars needed for a basic lighting design that does justice to their home.' </p><p>'I would strongly recommend seeking advice, as fixing things once a project is completed can be very expensive,' he suggests.</p><p>'Lighting is a delicate balance in residential design. There have been many advancements in architectural lighting, and consulting with a lighting designer is always a valuable step when designing a home,' adds Sarah Magness. 'I frequently collaborate with lighting designers and AV consultants on light settings. It is always beneficial, though most clients today prefer simplified systems with options such as “all on,” “all off,” “evening,” and “daytime",' she advises.</p><p>That said, if a professional designer isn’t within budget (it's hard to know <a href="https://www.homesandgardens.com/interior-design/where-to-spend-and-save-in-a-home-renovation">where to spend and where to save in a home renovation</a>), investing time in your own lighting plan is still worthwhile. Putting together a comprehensive plan will allow you to fine-tune placement, layering, and dimming controls, giving your lighting the same consideration that a bespoke design would achieve.</p></article></section><p>When done well, good lighting disappears – or rather, it becomes something you <em>feel</em> rather than notice. It shapes mood, flatters color schemes, and turns a room from purely functional into deeply inviting. Whether you’re mapping circuits or choosing shades, it always pays to start with expert guidance and remember to light things, not floors, layer for warmth and clarity, and plan for all moments of the day.</p><p><em><strong>The Homes & Gardens Library is your definitive guide to timeless design wisdom. From choosing the perfect sofa to mastering the fundamentals of layout, each piece in the series draws on expert insight to guide you through the key principles of interior design. Thoughtfully curated yet easy to digest, it’s the essential reference for anyone looking to create a home that is beautiful, practical, and enduring.</strong></em></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
            </channel>
</rss>